ADSP-BF701 [ADI]

低功耗 200MHz BLACKFIN+嵌入式处理器,带128KB L2 SRAM和DDR2/LPDDR接口;
ADSP-BF701
型号: ADSP-BF701
厂家: ADI    ADI
描述:

低功耗 200MHz BLACKFIN+嵌入式处理器,带128KB L2 SRAM和DDR2/LPDDR接口

双倍数据速率 静态存储器 光电二极管
文件: 总116页 (文件大小:2960K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Blackfin+ Core  
Embedded Processor  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
FEATURES  
MEMORY  
Blackfin+ core with up to 400 MHz performance  
Dual 16-bit or single 32-bit MAC support per cycle  
16-bit complex MAC and many other instruction set  
enhancements  
136 kB L1 SRAM with multi-parity-bit protection  
(64 kB instruction, 64 kB data, 8 kB scratchpad)  
Large on-chip L2 SRAM with ECC protection  
256 kB, 512 kB, 1 MB variants  
Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products  
Low-cost packaging  
88-Lead LFCSP_VQ (QFN) package (12 mm × 12 mm),   
RoHS compliant  
On-chip L2 ROM (512 kB)  
L3 interface (CSP_BGA only) optimized for lowest system  
power, providing 16-bit interface to DDR2 or LPDDR DRAM  
devices (up to 200 MHz)  
Security and one-time-programmable memory  
Crypto hardware accelerators  
184-Ball CSP_BGA package (12 mm × 12 mm × 0.8 mm  
pitch), RoHS compliant  
Low system power with < 100 mW core domain power at  
400 MHz (< 0.25 mW/MHz) at 25°C TJUNCTION  
Fast secure boot for IP protection  
memDMA encryption/decryption for fast run-time security  
PERIPHERALS FEATURES  
See Figure 1, Processor Block Diagram and Table 1, Processor  
Comparison  
SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS  
PERIPHERALS  
1× TWI  
EMULATOR  
TEST & CONTROL  
PLL & POWER  
MANAGEMENT  
FAULT  
MANAGEMENT  
EVENT  
CONTROL  
WATCHDOG  
8× TIMER  
1× COUNTER  
2× CAN  
L2 MEMORY  
UP TO  
1M BYTE SRAM  
2× UART  
512K BYTE  
ROM  
B
ECC-PROTECTED  
(& DMA MEMORY  
PROTECTION)  
SPI HOST PORT  
2x QUAD SPI  
136K BYTE PARITY BIT PROTECTED  
L1 SRAM INSTRUCTION/DATA  
GPIO  
1x DUAL SPI  
2× SPORT  
1× MSI  
(SD/SDIO)  
SYSTEM FABRIC  
1× PPI  
EXTERNAL  
BUS  
INTERFACES  
ANALOG  
SUB  
SYSTEM  
HARDWARE  
FUNCTIONS  
STATIC MEMORY  
CONTROLLER  
MEMORY  
PROTECTION  
OTP  
MEMORY  
SYSTEM PROTECTION  
2× CRC  
3× MDMA  
STREAMS  
HADC  
CRYPTO ENGINE (SECURITY)  
DYNAMIC MEMORY  
CONTROLLER  
1× RTC  
LPDDR  
16  
1× USB 2.0 HS OTG  
DDR2  
Figure 1. Processor Block Diagram  
Blackfin+ is a trademark of Analog Devices, Inc.; Blackfin and the Blackfin logo are registered trademarks of Analog Devices, Inc.  
Rev. A Document Feedback  
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable.  
However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog Devices for its use, nor for any  
infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use.  
Specifications subject to change without notice. No license is granted by implication  
or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
One Technology Way, P.O. Box 9106, Norwood, MA 02062-9106 U.S.A.  
Tel: 781.329.4700  
Technical Support  
©2015 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved.  
www.analog.com  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
General Description ................................................. 3  
Blackfin+ Processor Core ........................................ 4  
Instruction Set Description ..................................... 5  
Processor Infrastructure ......................................... 5  
Memory Architecture ............................................ 7  
Security Features .................................................. 8  
Processor Safety Features ........................................ 8  
Additional Processor Peripherals .............................. 9  
Power and Clock Management ............................... 12  
System Debug .................................................... 15  
Development Tools ............................................. 15  
Additional Information ........................................ 16  
Related Signal Chains .......................................... 16  
Security Features Disclaimer .................................. 17  
ADSP-BF70x Detailed Signal Descriptions ................... 18  
184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions ....................... 22  
GPIO Multiplexing for 184-Ball CSP_BGA .................. 29  
ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference ...................... 38  
Specifications ........................................................ 50  
Operating Conditions ........................................... 50  
Electrical Characteristics ....................................... 53  
HADC .............................................................. 58  
Package Information ............................................ 59  
Absolute Maximum Ratings ................................... 59  
ESD Sensitivity ................................................... 59  
Timing Specifications ........................................... 60  
Output Drive Currents ....................................... 102  
Test Conditions ................................................ 104  
Environmental Conditions .................................. 106  
ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignments  
(Numerical by Ball Number) ................................ 107  
ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN)   
Lead Assignments (Numerical by Lead Number) ...... 110  
Outline Dimensions .............................................. 113  
Surface-Mount Design ........................................ 114  
Planned Automotive Production Products .................. 115  
Ordering Guide ................................................... 116  
12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN)   
Signal Descriptions ............................................. 31  
GPIO Multiplexing for 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead   
LFCSP (QFN) .................................................... 36  
REVISION HISTORY  
9/15—Rev. 0 to Rev. A  
Updated Processor Comparison .................................. 3  
Updated Serial Ports (SPORTs) ................................. 10  
Updated Mobile Storage Interface (MSI) ..................... 11  
Updated External Components for RTC ...................... 13  
Updated Development Tools .................................... 15  
Updated SPI Port—SPI_RDY Timing ......................... 92  
Added Models to Ordering Guide ............................. 116  
Rev. A  
|
Page 2 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
GENERAL DESCRIPTION  
The ADSP-BF70x processor is a member of the Blackfin®   
family of products. The Blackfin processor combines a dual-  
MAC 16-bit state-of-the-art signal processing engine, the  
advantages of a clean, orthogonal RISC-like microprocessor  
instruction set, and single-instruction, multiple-data (SIMD)  
multimedia capabilities into a single instruction-set architec-  
ture. New enhancements to the Blackfin+ core add 32-bit MAC  
and 16-bit complex MAC support, cache enhancements, branch  
prediction and other instruction set improvements—all while  
maintaining instruction set compatibility to previous Blackfin  
products.  
The processor offers performance up to 400 MHz, as well as low  
static power consumption. Produced with a low-power and low-  
voltage design methodology, they provide world-class power  
management and performance.  
By integrating a rich set of industry-leading system peripherals  
and memory (shown in Table 1), the Blackfin processor is the  
platform of choice for next-generation applications that require  
RISC-like programmability, multimedia support, and leading-  
edge signal processing in one integrated package. These applica-  
tions span a wide array of markets, from automotive systems to  
embedded industrial, instrumentation, video/image analysis,  
biometric and power/motor control applications.  
Table 1. Processor Comparison  
ADSP-  
BF700  
ADSP-  
BF701  
ADSP-  
BF702  
ADSP-  
BF703  
ADSP-  
BF704  
ADSP-  
BF705  
ADSP-  
BF706  
ADSP-  
BF707  
Processor Feature  
Maximum Speed Grade (MHz)1  
Maximum SYSCLK (MHz)  
Package Options  
200  
100  
400  
200  
88-Lead  
LFCSP  
184-Ball  
CSP_BGA  
88-Lead  
LFCSP  
184-Ball  
CSP_BGA  
88-Lead  
LFCSP  
184-Ball  
CSP_BGA  
88-Lead  
LFCSP  
184-Ball  
CSP_BGA  
GPIOs  
43  
47  
43  
47  
43  
47  
43  
47  
L1 Instruction SRAM  
L1 Instruction SRAM/Cache  
L1 Data SRAM  
48K  
16K  
32K  
32K  
8K  
L1 Data SRAM/Cache  
L1 Scratchpad (L1 Data C)  
L2 SRAM  
128K  
256K  
512K  
1024K  
L2 ROM  
512K  
DDR2/LPDDR (16-bit)  
I2C  
No  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
1
1
Up/Down/Rotary Counter  
GP Timer  
8
Watchdog Timer  
GP Counter  
1
1
SPORTs  
2
Quad SPI  
2
Dual SPI  
1
SPI Host Port  
1
USB 2.0 HS OTG  
Parallel Peripheral Interface  
CAN  
1
1
2
UART  
2
Real-Time Clock  
Static Memory Controller (SMC)  
Security Crypto Engine  
SD/SDIO (MSI)  
1
Yes  
Yes  
4-bit  
No  
8-bit  
Yes  
4-bit  
No  
8-bit  
Yes  
4-bit  
No  
8-bit  
Yes  
4-bit  
No  
8-bit  
Yes  
4-Channel 12-Bit ADC  
1 Other speed grades available.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 3 of 116 | September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
BLACKFIN+ PROCESSOR CORE  
As shown in Figure 1, the processor integrates a Blackfin+  
processor core. The core, shown in Figure 2, contains two 16-bit  
multipliers, one 32-bit multiplier, two 40-bit accumulators  
(which may be used together as a 72-bit accumulator), two   
40-bit ALUs, one 72-bit ALU, four video ALUs, and a 40-bit  
shifter. The computation units process 8-, 16-, or 32-bit data  
from the register file.  
The compute register file contains eight 32-bit registers. When  
performing compute operations on 16-bit operand data, the  
register file operates as 16 independent 16-bit registers. All  
operands for compute operations come from the multiported  
register file and instruction constant fields.  
The ALUs perform a traditional set of arithmetic and logical  
operations on 16-bit or 32-bit data. In addition, many special  
instructions are included to accelerate various signal processing  
tasks. These include bit operations such as field extract and pop-  
ulation count, divide primitives, saturation and rounding, and  
sign/exponent detection. The set of video instructions include  
byte alignment and packing operations, 16-bit and 8-bit adds  
with clipping, 8-bit average operations, and 8-bit subtract/abso-  
lute value/accumulate (SAA) operations. Also provided are the  
compare/select and vector search instructions.  
For certain instructions, two 16-bit ALU operations can be per-  
formed simultaneously on register pairs (a 16-bit high half and  
16-bit low half of a compute register). If a second ALU is used,  
quad 16-bit operations are possible.  
The 40-bit shifter can perform shifts and rotates and is used to  
support normalization, field extract, and field deposit  
instructions.  
The core can perform two 16-bit by 16-bit multiply-accumu-  
lates or one 32-bit multiply-accumulate in each cycle. Signed  
and unsigned formats, rounding, saturation, and complex mul-  
tiplies are supported.  
ADDRESS ARITHMETIC UNIT  
SP  
FP  
P5  
P4  
P3  
P2  
P1  
P0  
I3  
I2  
I1  
I0  
L3  
L2  
L1  
L0  
B3  
B2  
B1  
B0  
M3  
M2  
M1  
M0  
DAG1  
DAG0  
DA1 32  
DA0 32  
32  
PREG  
32  
RAB  
SD 32  
LD1  
LD0  
ASTAT  
32  
32  
32  
32  
SEQUENCER  
ALIGN  
R7.H  
R6.H  
R5.H  
R4.H  
R3.H  
R2.H  
R1.H  
R0.H  
R7.L  
R6.L  
R5.L  
R4.L  
R3.L  
R2.L  
R1.L  
R0.L  
16  
40  
16  
32  
8
8
8
8
DECODE  
BARREL  
SHIFTER  
LOOP BUFFER  
40  
72  
CONTROL  
UNIT  
40  
A0  
32  
A1  
32  
40  
DATA ARITHMETIC UNIT  
Figure 2. Blackfin+ Processor Core  
Rev. A  
| Page 4 of 116 | September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
The program sequencer controls the flow of instruction execu-  
The assembly language, which takes advantage of the proces-  
sor’s unique architecture, offers the following advantages:  
• Seamlessly integrated DSP/MCU features are optimized for  
both 8-bit and 16-bit operations.  
• A multi-issue load/store modified-Harvard architecture,  
which supports two 16-bit MAC or four 8-bit ALU + two  
load/store + two pointer updates per cycle.  
tion, including instruction alignment and decoding. For  
program flow control, the sequencer supports PC relative and  
indirect conditional jumps (with dynamic branch prediction),  
and subroutine calls. Hardware supports zero-overhead loop-  
ing. The architecture is fully interlocked, meaning that the  
programmer need not manage the pipeline when executing  
instructions with data dependencies.  
• All registers, I/O, and memory are mapped into a unified  
4G byte memory space, providing a simplified program-  
ming model.  
• Control of all asynchronous and synchronous events to the  
processor is handled by two subsystems: the core event  
controller (CEC) and the system event controller (SEC).  
The address arithmetic unit provides two addresses for simulta-  
neous dual fetches from memory. It contains a multiported  
register file consisting of four sets of 32-bit index, modify,  
length, and base registers (for circular buffering), and eight  
additional 32-bit pointer registers (for C-style indexed stack  
manipulation).  
The Blackfin processor supports a modified Harvard architec-  
ture in combination with a hierarchical memory structure. Level  
1 (L1) memories are those that typically operate at the full pro-  
cessor speed with little or no latency. At the L1 level, the  
instruction memory holds instructions only. The data memory  
holds data, and a dedicated scratchpad data memory stores  
stack and local variable information.  
In addition, multiple L1 memory blocks are provided, offering a  
configurable mix of SRAM and cache. The memory manage-  
ment unit (MMU) provides memory protection for individual  
tasks that may be operating on the core and can protect system  
registers from unintended access.  
• Microcontroller features, such as arbitrary bit and bit-field  
manipulation, insertion, and extraction; integer operations  
on 8-, 16-, and 32-bit data-types; and separate user and  
supervisor stack pointers.  
• Code density enhancements, which include intermixing of  
16-bit and 32-bit instructions (no mode switching, no code  
segregation). Frequently used instructions are encoded  
in 16 bits.  
PROCESSOR INFRASTRUCTURE  
The following sections provide information on the primary  
infrastructure components of the ADSP-BF70x processor.  
The architecture provides three modes of operation: user mode,  
supervisor mode, and emulation mode. User mode has  
restricted access to certain system resources, thus providing a  
protected software environment, while supervisor mode has  
unrestricted access to the system and core resources.  
DMA Controllers  
The processor uses direct memory access (DMA) to transfer  
data within memory spaces or between a memory space and a  
peripheral. The processor can specify data transfer operations  
and return to normal processing while the fully integrated DMA  
controller carries out the data transfers independent of proces-  
sor activity.  
DMA transfers can occur between memory and a peripheral or  
between one memory and another memory. Each memory-to-  
memory DMA stream uses two channels, where one channel is  
the source channel, and the second is the destination channel.  
All DMAs can transport data to and from all on-chip and off-  
chip memories. Programs can use two types of DMA transfers,  
descriptor-based or register-based. Register-based DMA allows  
the processor to directly program DMA control registers to ini-  
tiate a DMA transfer. On completion, the control registers may  
be automatically updated with their original setup values for  
continuous transfer. Descriptor-based DMA transfers require a  
set of parameters stored within memory to initiate a DMA  
sequence. Descriptor-based DMA transfers allow multiple  
DMA sequences to be chained together and a DMA channel can  
be programmed to automatically set up and start another DMA  
transfer after the current sequence completes.  
INSTRUCTION SET DESCRIPTION  
The Blackfin processor instruction set has been optimized so  
that 16-bit opcodes represent the most frequently used instruc-  
tions, resulting in excellent compiled code density. Complex  
DSP instructions are encoded into 32-bit opcodes, representing  
fully featured multifunction instructions. The Blackfin proces-  
sor supports a limited multi-issue capability, where a 32-bit  
instruction can be issued in parallel with two 16-bit instruc-  
tions, allowing the programmer to use many of the core  
resources in a single instruction cycle.  
The Blackfin processor family assembly language instruction set  
employs an algebraic syntax designed for ease of coding and  
readability. The instructions have been specifically tuned to pro-  
vide a flexible, densely encoded instruction set that compiles to  
a very small final memory size. The instruction set also provides  
fully featured multifunction instructions that allow the pro-  
grammer to use many of the processor core resources in a single  
instruction. Coupled with many features more often seen on  
microcontrollers, this instruction set is very efficient when com-  
piling C and C++ source code. In addition, the architecture  
supports both user (algorithm/application code) and supervisor  
(O/S kernel, device drivers, debuggers, ISRs) modes of opera-  
tion, allowing multiple levels of access to core processor  
resources.  
The DMA controller supports the following DMA operations.  
• A single linear buffer that stops on completion.  
• A linear buffer with negative, positive, or zero stride length.  
• A circular, auto-refreshing buffer that interrupts when each  
buffer becomes full.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 5 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
• A similar buffer that interrupts on fractional buffers (for  
Trigger Routing Unit (TRU)  
example, 1/2, 1/4).  
The TRU provides system-level sequence control without core  
intervention. The TRU maps trigger masters (generators of trig-  
gers) to trigger slaves (receivers of triggers). Slave endpoints can  
be configured to respond to triggers in various ways. Common  
applications enabled by the TRU include:  
• Automatically triggering the start of a DMA sequence after  
a sequence from another DMA channel completes  
• 1D DMA—uses a set of identical ping-pong buffers defined  
by a linked ring of two-word descriptor sets, each contain-  
ing a link pointer and an address.  
• 1D DMA—uses a linked list of 4 word descriptor sets con-  
taining a link pointer, an address, a length, and a  
configuration.  
• 2D DMA—uses an array of one-word descriptor sets, spec-  
ifying only the base DMA address.  
• 2D DMA—uses a linked list of multi-word descriptor sets,  
specifying everything.  
• Software triggering  
• Synchronization of concurrent activities  
General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)  
Each general-purpose port pin can be individually controlled by  
manipulation of the port control, status, and interrupt registers:  
• GPIO direction control register—Specifies the direction of  
each individual GPIO pin as input or output.  
• GPIO control and status registers—A write one to modify  
mechanism allows any combination of individual GPIO  
pins to be modified in a single instruction, without affect-  
ing the level of any other GPIO pins.  
• GPIO interrupt mask registers—Allow each individual  
GPIO pin to function as an interrupt to the processor.  
GPIO pins defined as inputs can be configured to generate  
hardware interrupts, while output pins can be triggered by  
software interrupts.  
Event Handling  
The processor provides event handling that supports both nest-  
ing and prioritization. Nesting allows multiple event service  
routines to be active simultaneously. Prioritization ensures that  
servicing of a higher-priority event takes precedence over ser-  
vicing of a lower-priority event. The processor provides support  
for five different types of events:  
• Emulation—An emulation event causes the processor to  
enter emulation mode, allowing command and control of  
the processor through the JTAG interface.  
• Reset—This event resets the processor.  
• Nonmaskable interrupt (NMI)—The NMI event can be  
generated either by the software watchdog timer, by the  
NMI input signal to the processor, or by software. The  
NMI event is frequently used as a power-down indicator to  
initiate an orderly shutdown of the system.  
• GPIO interrupt sensitivity registers—Specify whether indi-  
vidual pins are level- or edge-sensitive and specify—if  
edge-sensitive—whether just the rising edge or both the ris-  
ing and falling edges of the signal are significant.  
• Exceptions—Events that occur synchronously to program  
flow (in other words, the exception is taken before the  
instruction is allowed to complete). Conditions such as  
data alignment violations and undefined instructions cause  
exceptions.  
• Interrupts —Events that occur asynchronously to program  
flow. They are caused by input signals, timers, and other  
peripherals, as well as by an explicit software instruction.  
Pin Interrupts  
Every port pin on the processor can request interrupts in either  
an edge-sensitive or a level-sensitive manner with programma-  
ble polarity. Interrupt functionality is decoupled from GPIO  
operation. Three system-level interrupt channels (PINT0–3) are  
reserved for this purpose. Each of these interrupt channels can  
manage up to 32 interrupt pins. The assignment from pin to  
interrupt is not performed on a pin-by-pin basis. Rather, groups  
of eight pins (half ports) can be flexibly assigned to interrupt  
channels.  
Every pin interrupt channel features a special set of 32-bit mem-  
ory-mapped registers that enable half-port assignment and  
interrupt management. This includes masking, identification,  
and clearing of requests. These registers also enable access to the  
respective pin states and use of the interrupt latches, regardless  
of whether the interrupt is masked or not. Most control registers  
feature multiple MMR address entries to write-one-to-set or  
write-one-to-clear them individually.  
System Event Controller (SEC)  
The SEC manages the enabling, prioritization, and routing of  
events from each system interrupt or fault source. Additionally,  
it provides notification and identification of the highest priority  
active system interrupt request to the core and routes system  
fault sources to its integrated fault management unit. The SEC  
triggers core general-purpose interrupt IVG11. It is recom-  
mended that IVG11 be set to allow self-nesting. The four lower  
priority interrupts (IVG15-12) may be used for software  
interrupts.  
Pin Multiplexing  
The processor supports a flexible multiplexing scheme that mul-  
tiplexes the GPIO pins with various peripherals. A maximum of  
4 peripherals plus GPIO functionality is shared by each GPIO  
pin. All GPIO pins have a bypass path feature—that is, when the  
Rev. A  
|
Page 6 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
output enable and the input enable of a GPIO pin are both  
active, the data signal before the pad driver is looped back to the  
receive path for the same GPIO pin.  
PROCESSOR MEMORY MAP  
0x FFFF FFFF -  
MEMORY ARCHITECTURE  
The processor views memory as a single unified 4G byte address  
space, using 32-bit addresses. All resources, including internal  
memory, external memory, and I/O control registers, occupy  
separate sections of this common address space. The memory  
portions of this address space are arranged in a hierarchical  
structure to provide a good cost/performance balance of some  
very fast, low-latency core-accessible memory as cache or  
SRAM, and larger, lower-cost and performance interface-acces-  
sible memory systems. See Figure 3.  
Reserved  
0x 9000 0000 -  
0x 8000 0000 -  
DDR2 or LPDDR Memory (256 MB)  
Reserved  
0x 7400 2000 -  
0x 7400 0000 -  
Static Memory Block 1 (8 KB)  
Reserved  
0x 7000 2000 -  
0x 7000 0000 -  
Internal (Core-Accessible) Memory  
Static Memory Block 0 (8 KB)  
The L1 memory system is the highest-performance memory  
available to the Blackfin+ processor core.  
Reserved  
The core has its own private L1 memory. The modified Harvard  
architecture supports two concurrent 32-bit data accesses along  
with an instruction fetch at full processor speed which provides  
high-bandwidth processor performance. In the core, a 64K byte  
block of data memory partners with an 64K byte memory block  
for instruction storage. Each data block is multibanked for effi-  
cient data exchange through DMA and can be configured as  
SRAM. Alternatively, 16K bytes of each block can be configured  
in L1 cache mode. The four-way set-associative instruction  
cache and the 2 two-way set-associative data caches greatly  
accelerate memory access performance, especially when access-  
ing external memories.  
0x 4800 0000 -  
0x 4000 0000 -  
SPI2 Memory (128 MB)  
Reserved  
0x 3800 1000 -  
0x 3800 0000 -  
OTP Memory (4 KB)  
Reserved  
0x 2030 1000 -  
0x 2030 0000 -  
0x 2000 0000 -  
0x 1FC0 0000 -  
STM Memory (4 KB)  
System MMR Registers (3 MB)  
Core MMR Registers (4 MB)  
Reserved  
The L1 memory domain also features a 8K byte data SRAM  
block which is ideal for storing local variables and the software  
stack. All L1 memory is protected by a multi-parity-bit concept,  
regardless of whether the memory is operating in SRAM or  
cache mode.  
0x 11B0 2000 -  
0x 11B0 0000 -  
L1 Data Block C (8 KB)  
Reserved  
0x 11A1 0000 -  
0x 11A0 C000 -  
0x 11A0 0000 -  
L1 Instruction SRAM/Cache (16 KB)  
L1 Instruction SRAM (48 KB)  
Reserved  
Outside of the L1 domain, L2 and L3 memories are arranged  
using a Von Neumann topology. The L2 memory domain is a  
unified instruction and data memory and can hold any mixture  
of code and data required by the system design. The L2 memory  
domain is accessible by the Blackfin+ core through a dedicated  
64-bit interface. It operates at SYSCLK frequency.  
The processor features up to 1M byte of L2 SRAM, which is  
ECC-protected and organized in eight banks. Individual banks  
can be made private to any system master. There is also a  
512K byte single-bank ROM in the L2 domain. It contains boot  
code, security code, and general-purpose ROM space.  
0x 1190 8000 -  
0x 1190 4000 -  
0x 1190 0000 -  
0x 1180 8000 -  
0x 1180 4000 -  
0x 1180 0000 -  
L1 Data Block B SRAM/Cache (16 KB)  
L1 Data Block B SRAM (16 KB)  
Reserved  
L1 Data Block A SRAM/Cache (16 KB)  
L1 Data Block A SRAM (16 KB)  
Reserved  
0x 0810 0000 -  
0x 0800 0000 -  
L2 SRAM (1024 KB)  
Reserved  
0x 0408 0000 -  
0x 0401 0000 -  
L2 ROM (448 KB)  
Boot ROM (64 KB)  
Reserved  
OTP Memory  
0x 0400 0000 -  
0x 0000 0000 -  
The processor features 4 kB of one-time-programmable (OTP)  
memory which is memory-map accessible. This memory stores  
a unique chip identification and is used to support secure-boot  
and secure operation.  
Figure 3. ADSP-BF706/ADSP-BF707 Internal/External Memory Map  
Rev. A  
|
Page 7 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
The following hardware-accelerated cryptographic ciphers are  
Static Memory Controller (SMC)  
supported:  
The SMC can be programmed to control up to two blocks of  
external memories or memory-mapped devices, with very flexi-  
ble timing parameters. Each block occupies a 8K byte segment  
regardless of the size of the device used.  
• AES in ECB, CBC, ICM, and CTR modes with 128-, 192-,  
and 256-bit keys  
• DES in ECB and CBC mode with 56-bit key  
• 3DES in ECB and CBC mode with 3x 56-bit key  
Dynamic Memory Controller (DMC)  
The following hardware-accelerated hash functions are  
supported:  
• SHA-1  
• SHA-2 with 224-bit and 256-bit digest  
• HMAC transforms for SHA-1 and SHA-2  
Public key accelerator is available to offload computation-inten-  
sive public key cryptography operations.  
Both a hardware-based nondeterministic random number gen-  
erator and pseudo-random number generator are available. The  
TRNG also provides HW post-processing to meet NIST  
requirements of FIPS 140-2, while the PRNG is ANSI X9.31  
compliant.  
Secure boot is also available with 224-bit elliptic curve digital  
signatures ensuring integrity and authenticity of the boot  
stream. Optionally, confidentiality is also ensured through AES-  
128 encryption.  
The DMC includes a controller that supports JESD79-2E com-  
patible double-data-rate (DDR2) SDRAM and JESD209A low-  
power DDR (LPDDR) SDRAM devices. The DMC PHY fea-  
tures on-die termination on all data and data strobe pins that  
can be used during reads.  
I/O Memory Space  
The processor does not define a separate I/O space. All  
resources are mapped through the flat 32-bit address space. On-  
chip I/O devices have their control registers mapped into mem-  
ory-mapped registers (MMRs) at addresses in a region of the  
4G byte address space. These are separated into two smaller  
blocks, one which contains the control MMRs for all core func-  
tions, and the other which contains the registers needed for  
setup and control of the on-chip peripherals outside of the core.  
The MMRs are accessible only in supervisor mode and appear  
as reserved space to on-chip peripherals.  
Booting  
The processor has several mechanisms for automatically loading  
internal and external memory after a reset. The boot mode is  
defined by the SYS_BMODE input pins dedicated for this pur-  
pose. There are two categories of boot modes. In master boot  
mode, the processor actively loads data from serial memories. In  
slave boot modes, the processor receives data from external host  
devices.  
The boot modes are shown in Table 2. These modes are imple-  
mented by the SYS_BMODE bits of the reset configuration  
register and are sampled during power-on resets and software-  
initiated resets.  
CAUTION  
This product includes security features that can be  
used to protect embedded nonvolatile memory  
contents and prevent execution of unauthorized  
code. When security is enabled on this device  
(either by the ordering party or the subsequent  
receiving parties), the ability of Analog Devices to  
conduct failure analysis on returned devices is  
limited. Contact Analog Devices for details on the  
failure analysis limitations for this device.  
Secure debug is also employed to allow only trusted users to  
access the system with debug tools.  
Table 2. Boot Modes  
PROCESSOR SAFETY FEATURES  
SYS_BMODE Setting  
Boot Mode  
No Boot/Idle  
SPI2 Master  
SPI2 Slave  
The ADSP-BF70x processor has been designed for functional  
safety applications. While the level of safety is mainly domi-  
nated by the system concept, the following primitives are  
provided by the devices to build a robust safety concept.  
00  
01  
10  
11  
UART0 Slave  
Multi-Parity-Bit-Protected L1 Memories  
In the processor’s L1 memory space, whether SRAM or cache,  
each word is protected by multiple parity bits to detect the single  
event upsets that occur in all RAMs. This applies both to L1  
instruction and data memory spaces.  
SECURITY FEATURES  
The ADSP-BF70x processor supports standards-based hard-  
ware-accelerated encryption, decryption, authentication, and  
true random number generation.  
ECC-Protected L2 Memories  
Error correcting codes (ECC) are used to correct single event  
upsets. The L2 memory is protected with a single error correct-  
double error detect (SEC-DED) code. By default ECC is  
enabled, but it can be disabled on a per-bank basis. Single-bit  
errors are transparently corrected. Dual-bit errors can issue a  
Rev. A  
|
Page 8 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
system event or fault if enabled. ECC protection is fully trans-  
parent to the user, even if L2 memory is read or written by 8-bit  
or 16-bit entities.  
Watchdog  
The on-chip software watchdog timer can supervise the  
Blackfin+ core.  
CRC-Protected Memories  
Bandwidth Monitor  
While parity bit and ECC protection mainly protect against ran-  
dom soft errors in L1 and L2 memory cells, the CRC engines can  
be used to protect against systematic errors (pointer errors) and  
static content (instruction code) of L1, L2, and even L3 memo-  
ries (DDR2, LPDDR). The processor features two CRC engines  
which are embedded in the memory-to-memory DMA  
Memory-to-memory DMA channels are equipped with a band-  
width monitor mechanism. They can signal a system event or  
fault when transactions tend to starve because system buses are  
fully loaded with higher-priority traffic.  
Signal Watchdogs  
controllers. CRC checksums can be calculated or compared on  
the fly during memory transfers, or one or multiple memory  
regions can be continuously scrubbed by a single DMA work  
unit as per DMA descriptor chain instructions. The CRC engine  
also protects data loaded during the boot process.  
The eight general-purpose timers feature modes to monitor off-  
chip signals. The watchdog period mode monitors whether  
external signals toggle with a period within an expected range.  
The watchdog width mode monitors whether the pulse widths  
of external signals are within an expected range. Both modes  
help to detect undesired toggling (or lack thereof) of   
system-level signals.  
Memory Protection  
The Blackfin+ core features a memory protection concept,  
which grants data and/or instruction accesses to enabled mem-  
ory regions only. A supervisor mode vs. user mode  
programming model supports dynamically varying access  
rights. Increased flexibility in memory page size options sup-  
ports a simple method of static memory partitioning.  
Up/Down Count Mismatch Detection  
The GP counter can monitor external signal pairs, such as  
request/grant strobes. If the edge count mismatch exceeds the  
expected range, the GP counter can flag this to the processor or  
to the fault management unit of the SEC.  
System Protection  
Fault Management  
The system protection unit (SPU) guards against accidental or  
unwanted access to the MMR space of a peripheral by providing  
a write-protection mechanism. The user is able to choose and  
configure the peripherals that are protected as well as configure  
which ones of the four system MMR masters (core, memory  
DMA, the SPI host port, and Coresight debug) the peripherals  
are guarded against.  
The SPU is also part of the security infrastructure. Along with  
providing write-protection functionality, the SPU is employed  
to define which resources in the system are secure or non-secure  
and to block access to secure resources from non-secure  
masters.  
The fault management unit is part of the system event controller  
(SEC). Any system event, whether a dual-bit uncorrectable ECC  
error, or any peripheral status interrupt, can be defined as being  
a fault. Additionally, the system events can be defined as an  
interrupt to the core. If defined as such, the SEC forwards the  
event to the fault management unit, which may automatically  
reset the entire device for reboot, or simply toggle the   
SYS_FAULT output pin to signal off-chip hardware. Optionally,  
the fault management unit can delay the action taken through a  
keyed sequence, to provide a final chance for the Blackfin+ core  
to resolve the issue and to prevent the fault action from being  
taken.  
Synonymously, the system memory protection unit (SMPU)  
provides memory protection against read and/or write transac-  
tions to defined regions of memory. There are two SMPU units  
in the ADSP-BF70x processors. One is for the L2 memory and  
the other is for the external DDR memory.  
The SMPU is also part of the security infrastructure. It allows  
the user to not only protect against arbitrary read and/or write  
transactions, but it also allows regions of memory to be defined  
as secure and prevent non-secure masters from accessing those  
memory regions.  
ADDITIONAL PROCESSOR PERIPHERALS  
The processor contains a rich set of peripherals connected to the  
core through several high-bandwidth buses, providing flexibility  
in system configuration as well as excellent overall system per-  
formance (see the block diagram on Page 1). The processor  
contains high-speed serial and parallel ports, an interrupt con-  
troller for flexible management of interrupts from the on-chip  
peripherals or external sources, and power management control  
functions to tailor the performance and power characteristics of  
the processor and system to many application scenarios.  
Watchpoint Protection  
The following sections describe additional peripherals that were  
not previously described.  
The primary purpose of watchpoints and hardware breakpoints  
is to serve emulator needs. When enabled, they signal an emula-  
tor event whenever user-defined system resources are accessed  
or the core executes from user-defined addresses. Watchpoint  
events can be configured such that they signal the events to the  
fault management unit of the SEC.  
Timers  
The processor includes several timers which are described in the  
following sections.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 9 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
General-Purpose Timers  
configuration, one SPORT provides two transmit signals while  
the other SPORT provides the two receive signals. The frame  
sync and clock are shared.  
There is one GP timer unit, and it provides eight general-pur-  
pose programmable timers. Each timer has an external pin that  
can be configured either as a pulse width modulator (PWM) or  
timer output, as an input to clock the timer, or as a mechanism  
for measuring pulse widths and periods of external events.  
These timers can be synchronized to an external clock input on  
the TIMER_TMRx pins, an external TIMER_CLK input pin, or  
to the internal SCLK0.  
These timer units can be used in conjunction with the UARTs  
and the CAN controller to measure the width of the pulses in  
the data stream to provide a software auto-baud detect function  
for the respective serial channels.  
Serial ports operate in six modes:  
• Standard DSP serial mode  
• Multichannel (TDM) mode  
• I2S mode  
• Packed I2S mode  
• Left-justified mode  
• Right-justified mode  
General-Purpose Counters  
The GP timers can generate interrupts to the processor core,  
providing periodic events for synchronization to either the sys-  
tem clock or to external signals. Timer events can also trigger  
other peripherals through the TRU (for instance, to signal a  
fault). Each timer may also be started and/or stopped by any  
TRU master without core intervention.  
A 32-bit counter is provided that can operate in general-pur-  
pose up/down count modes and can sense 2-bit quadrature or  
binary codes as typically emitted by industrial drives or manual  
thumbwheels. Count direction is either controlled by a level-  
sensitive input pin or by two edge detectors.  
A third counter input can provide flexible zero marker support  
and can alternatively be used to input the push-button signal of  
thumbwheel devices. All three pins have a programmable  
debouncing circuit.  
Internal signals forwarded to a GP timer enable this timer to  
measure the intervals between count events. Boundary registers  
enable auto-zero operation or simple system warning by inter-  
rupts when programmed count values are exceeded.  
Core Timer  
The processor core also has its own dedicated timer. This extra  
timer is clocked by the internal processor clock and is typically  
used as a system tick clock for generating periodic operating  
system interrupts.  
Watchdog Timer  
The core includes a 32-bit timer, which may be used to imple-  
ment a software watchdog function. A software watchdog can  
improve system availability by forcing the processor to a known  
state, through generation of a hardware reset, nonmaskable  
interrupt (NMI), or general-purpose interrupt, if the timer  
expires before being reset by software. The programmer initial-  
izes the count value of the timer, enables the appropriate  
interrupt, then enables the timer. Thereafter, the software must  
reload the counter before it counts down to zero from the pro-  
grammed value. This protects the system from remaining in an  
unknown state where software that would normally reset the  
timer has stopped running due to an external noise condition or  
software error.  
Parallel Peripheral Interface (PPI)  
The processor provides a parallel peripheral interface (PPI) that  
supports data widths up to 18 bits. The PPI supports direct con-  
nection to TFT LCD panels, parallel analog-to-digital and  
digital-to-analog converters, video encoders and decoders,  
image sensor modules, and other general-purpose peripherals.  
The following features are supported in the PPI module:  
• Programmable data length: 8 bits, 10 bits, 12 bits, 14 bits,  
16 bits, and 18 bits per clock.  
• Various framed, non-framed, and general-purpose operat-  
ing modes. Frame syncs can be generated internally or can  
be supplied by an external device.  
• ITU-656 status word error detection and correction for  
ITU-656 receive modes and ITU-656 preamble and status  
word decode.  
After a reset, software can determine if the watchdog was the  
source of the hardware reset by interrogating a status bit in its  
timer control register that is set only upon a watchdog-gener-  
ated reset.  
Serial Ports (SPORTs)  
• Optional packing and unpacking of data to/from 32 bits  
from/to 8 bits, 16 bits and 24 bits. If packing/unpacking is  
enabled, endianness can be configured to change the order  
of packing/unpacking of bytes/words.  
• RGB888 can be converted to RGB666 or RGB565 for trans-  
mit modes.  
• Various de-interleaving/interleaving modes for receiv-  
ing/transmitting 4:2:2 YCrCb data.  
• Configurable LCD data enable (DEN) output available on  
Frame Sync 3.  
Two synchronous serial ports (comprised of four half-SPORTs)  
provide an inexpensive interface to a wide variety of digital and  
mixed-signal peripheral devices such as Analog Devices’ audio  
codecs, ADCs, and DACs. Each half-SPORT is made up of two  
data lines, a clock, and frame sync. The data lines can be pro-  
grammed to either transmit or receive and each data line has a  
dedicated DMA channel.  
Serial port data can be automatically transferred to and from  
on-chip memory/external memory through dedicated DMA  
channels. Each of the serial ports can work in conjunction with  
another serial port to provide TDM support. In this  
Rev. A  
|
Page 10 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
The UART ports support automatic hardware flow control  
through the clear to send (CTS) input and request to send (RTS)  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Ports  
The processors have three industry-standard SPI-compatible  
ports that allow it to communicate with multiple SPI-compati-  
ble devices.  
output with programmable assertion FIFO levels.  
To help support the local interconnect network (LIN) protocols,  
a special command causes the transmitter to queue a break  
command of programmable bit length into the transmit buffer.  
Similarly, the number of stop bits can be extended by a pro-  
grammable inter-frame space.  
The baseline SPI peripheral is a synchronous, four-wire inter-  
face consisting of two data pins, one device select pin, and a  
gated clock pin. The two data pins allow full-duplex operation  
to other SPI-compatible devices. An additional two (optional)  
data pins are provided to support quad SPI operation. Enhanced  
modes of operation such as flow control, fast mode, and dual  
I/O mode (DIOM) are also supported. In addition, a direct  
memory access (DMA) mode allows for transferring several  
words with minimal CPU interaction.  
The capabilities of the UARTs are further extended with sup-  
port for the Infrared Data Association (IrDA®) serial infrared  
physical layer link specification (SIR) protocol.  
2-Wire Controller Interface (TWI)  
The processor includes a 2-wire interface (TWI) module for  
providing a simple exchange method of control data between  
multiple devices. The TWI module is compatible with the  
widely used I2C bus standard. The TWI module offers the  
capabilities of simultaneous master and slave operation and  
support for both 7-bit addressing and multimedia data arbitra-  
tion. The TWI interface utilizes two pins for transferring clock  
(TWI_SCL) and data (TWI_SDA) and supports the protocol at  
speeds up to 400k bits/sec. The TWI interface pins are compati-  
ble with 5 V logic levels.  
With a range of configurable options, the SPI ports provide a  
glueless hardware interface with other SPI-compatible devices  
in master mode, slave mode, and multimaster environments.  
The SPI peripheral includes programmable baud rates, clock  
phase, and clock polarity. The peripheral can operate in a multi-  
master environment by interfacing with several other devices,  
acting as either a master device or a slave device. In a multimas-  
ter environment, the SPI peripheral uses open-drain outputs to  
avoid data bus contention. The flow control features enable slow  
slave devices to interface with fast master devices by providing  
an SPI Ready pin which flexibly controls the transfers.  
Additionally, the TWI module is fully compatible with serial  
camera control bus (SCCB) functionality for easier control of  
various CMOS camera sensor devices.  
The SPI port’s baud rate and clock phase/polarities are pro-  
grammable, and it has integrated DMA channels for both  
transmit and receive data streams.  
Mobile Storage Interface (MSI)  
SPI Host Port (SPIHP)  
The mobile storage interface (MSI) controller acts as the host  
interface for multimedia cards (MMC), secure digital memory  
cards (SD), and secure digital input/output cards (SDIO). The  
following list describes the main features of the MSI controller:  
• Support for a single MMC, SD memory, and SDIO card  
• Support for 1-bit and 4-bit SD modes  
• Support for 1-bit, 4-bit, and 8-bit MMC modes  
• Support for eMMC 4.5 embedded NAND flash devices  
• Support for power management and clock control  
The processor includes one SPI host port which may be used in  
conjunction with any available SPI port to enhance its SPI slave  
mode capabilities. The SPIHP allows a SPI host device access to  
memory-mapped resources of the processor through a SPI  
SRAM/FLASH style protocol. The following features are  
included:  
• Direct read/write of memory and memory-mapped  
registers  
• Support for pre-fetch for faster reads  
• An eleven-signal external interface with clock, command,  
optional interrupt, and up to eight data lines  
• Support for SPI controllers that implement hardware-  
based SPI memory protocol  
• Card interface clock generation from SCLK0 or SCLK1  
• SDIO interrupt and read wait features  
• Error capture and reporting for protocol errors, bus errors,  
and over/underflow  
UART Ports  
Controller Area Network (CAN)  
The processor provides two full-duplex universal asynchronous  
receiver/transmitter (UART) ports, which are fully compatible  
with PC-standard UARTs. Each UART port provides a simpli-  
fied UART interface to other peripherals or hosts, supporting  
full-duplex, DMA-supported, asynchronous transfers of serial  
data. A UART port includes support for five to eight data bits,  
and none, even, or odd parity. Optionally, an additional address  
bit can be transferred to interrupt only addressed nodes in  
multi-drop bus (MDB) systems. A frame is terminated by a con-  
figurable number of stop bits.  
A CAN controller implements the CAN 2.0B (active) protocol.  
This protocol is an asynchronous communications protocol  
used in both industrial and automotive control systems. The  
CAN protocol is well suited for control applications due to its  
capability to communicate reliably over a network. This is  
because the protocol incorporates CRC checking, message error  
tracking, and fault node confinement.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 11 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
The CAN controller offers the following features:  
• 32 mailboxes (8 receive only, 8 transmit only, 16 configu-  
rable for receive or transmit)  
• Dedicated acceptance masks for each mailbox  
• Additional data filtering on first two bytes  
• Support for both the standard (11-bit) and extended  
(29-bit) identifier (ID) message formats  
• Support for remote frames  
• Active or passive network support  
• CAN wake-up from hibernation mode (lowest static power  
consumption mode)  
• Interrupts, including: TX complete, RX complete, error  
and global  
An additional crystal is not required to supply the CAN clock, as  
the CAN clock is derived from a system clock through a pro-  
grammable divider.  
• Auto sequencing capability with up to 4 autoconversions in  
a single session. Each conversion can be programmed to  
select any input channel.  
• Four data registers (individually addressable) to store con-  
version values  
System Crossbars (SCB)  
The system crossbars (SCB) are the fundamental building  
blocks of a switch-fabric style for (on-chip) system bus inter-  
connection. The SCBs connect system bus masters to system  
bus slaves, providing concurrent data transfer between multiple  
bus masters and multiple bus slaves. A hierarchical model—  
built from multiple SCBs—provides a power and area efficient  
system interconnect, which satisfies the performance and flexi-  
bility requirements of a specific system.  
The SCBs provide the following features:  
• Highly efficient, pipelined bus transfer protocol for sus-  
tained throughput  
• Full-duplex bus operation for flexibility and reduced  
latency  
USB 2.0 On-the-Go Dual-Role Device Controller  
The USB 2.0 on-the-go (OTG) dual-role device controller pro-  
vides a low-cost connectivity solution for the growing adoption  
of this bus standard in industrial applications, as well as con-  
sumer mobile devices such as cell phones, digital still cameras,  
and MP3 players. The USB 2.0 controller allows these devices to  
transfer data using a point-to-point USB connection without  
the need for a PC host. The module can operate in a traditional  
USB peripheral-only mode as well as the host mode presented  
in the OTG supplement to the USB 2.0 specification.  
The USB clock is provided through a dedicated external crystal  
or crystal oscillator.  
The USB OTG dual-role device controller includes a phase  
locked loop with programmable multipliers to generate the nec-  
essary internal clocking frequency for USB.  
• Concurrent bus transfer support to allow multiple bus  
masters to access bus slaves simultaneously  
• Protection model (privileged/secure) support for selective  
bus interconnect protection  
POWER AND CLOCK MANAGEMENT  
The processor provides three operating modes, each with a dif-  
ferent performance/power profile. Control of clocking to each  
of the processor peripherals also reduces power consumption.  
See Table 5 for a summary of the power settings for each mode.  
System Crystal Oscillator and USB Crystal Oscillator  
The processor can be clocked by an external crystal (see  
Figure 4), a sine wave input, or a buffered, shaped clock derived  
from an external clock oscillator. If an external clock is used, it  
should be a TTL compatible signal and must not be halted,  
changed, or operated below the specified frequency during nor-  
mal operation. This signal is connected to the SYS_CLKIN pin  
of the processor. When an external clock is used, the SYS_XTAL  
pin must be left unconnected. Alternatively, because the proces-  
sor includes an on-chip oscillator circuit, an external crystal  
may be used.  
For fundamental frequency operation, use the circuit shown in  
Figure 4. A parallel-resonant, fundamental frequency, micro-  
processor grade crystal is connected across the SYS_CLKIN and  
SYS_XTAL pins. The on-chip resistance between SYS_CLKIN  
and the SYS_XTAL pin is in the 500 kΩ range. Further parallel  
resistors are typically not recommended.  
Housekeeping ADC (HADC)  
The HADC provides a general-purpose, multichannel succes-  
sive approximation analog-to-digital converter. It supports the  
following features:  
• 12-bit ADC core (10-bit accuracy) with built-in sample and  
hold  
• 4 single-ended input channels  
• Throughput rates up to 1 MSPS  
• Single external reference with analog inputs between 0 V  
and 3.3 V  
• Selectable ADC clock frequency including the ability to  
program a prescaler  
The two capacitors and the series resistor shown in Figure 4  
fine-tune phase and amplitude of the sine frequency. The capac-  
itor and resistor values shown in Figure 4 are typical values  
only. The capacitor values are dependent upon the load capaci-  
tance recommendations of the crystal manufacturer and the  
PCB physical layout. The resistor value depends on the drive  
• Adaptable conversion type: allows single or continuous  
conversion with option of autoscan  
Rev. A  
|
Page 12 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
level specified by the crystal manufacturer. The user should ver-  
ify the customized values based on careful investigations on  
multiple devices over the required temperature range.  
RTC_CLKIN  
RTC_XTAL  
R1  
ꢁ0ȍ  
X1  
BLACKFIN  
TO PLL  
CIRCUITRY  
NOTE: CRYSTAL LOAD CAPACITORS  
ARE NOT NECESSARY IN MOST CASES.  
ꢀꢁꢂȍ  
Figure 5. External Components for RTC  
SYS_CLKIN  
18 pF*  
SYS_XTAL  
The stopwatch function counts down from a programmed  
value, with one-second resolution. When the stopwatch inter-  
rupt is enabled and the counter underflows, an interrupt is  
generated.  
ꢀꢂꢂȍ*  
FOR OVERTONE  
OPERATION ONLY:  
18 pF*  
Clock Generation  
NOTE: VALUES MARKED WITH * MUST BE CUSTOMIZED, DEPENDING  
ON THE CRYSTAL AND LAYOUT. ANALYZE CAREFULLY. FOR  
FREQUENCIES ABOVE 33 MHz, THE SUGGESTED CAPACITOR VALUE  
OF 18pF SHOULD BE TREATED AS A MAXIMUM.  
The clock generation unit (CGU) generates all on-chip clocks  
and synchronization signals. Multiplication factors are pro-  
grammed to define the PLLCLK frequency. Programmable  
values divide the PLLCLK frequency to generate the core clock  
(CCLK), the system clocks (SYSCLK, SCLK0, and SCLK1), the  
LPDDR or DDR2 clock (DCLK), and the output clock (OCLK).  
Writing to the CGU control registers does not affect the behav-  
ior of the PLL immediately. Registers are first programmed with  
a new value, and the PLL logic executes the changes so that it  
transitions smoothly from the current conditions to the new  
ones.  
Figure 4. External Crystal Connection  
A third-overtone crystal can be used for frequencies above   
25 MHz. The circuit is then modified to ensure crystal operation  
only at the third overtone by adding a tuned inductor circuit as  
shown in Figure 4. A design procedure for third-overtone oper-  
ation is discussed in detail in application note (EE-168) Using  
Third Overtone Crystals with the ADSP-218x DSP (www.ana-  
log.com/ee-168).  
SYS_CLKIN oscillations start when power is applied to the  
VDD_EXT pins. The rising edge of SYS_HWRST can be  
applied after all voltage supplies are within specifications, and  
SYS_CLKIN oscillations are stable.  
The same recommendations may be used for the USB crystal  
oscillator.  
Real-Time Clock  
The real-time clock (RTC) provides a robust set of digital watch  
features, including current time, stopwatch, and alarm. The  
RTC is clocked by a 32.768 kHz crystal external to the processor.  
Connect RTC pins RTC_CLKIN and RTC_XTAL with external  
components as shown in Figure 5.  
The RTC peripheral has dedicated power supply pins so that it  
can remain powered up and clocked even when the rest of the  
processor is in a low power state. The RTC provides several pro-  
grammable interrupt options, including interrupt per second,  
minute, hour, or day clock ticks, interrupt on programmable  
stopwatch countdown, or interrupt at a programmed alarm  
time.  
Clock Out/External Clock  
The SYS_CLKOUT output pin has programmable options to  
output divided-down versions of the on-chip clocks. By default,  
the SYS_CLKOUT pin drives a buffered version of the SYS_  
CLKIN input. Clock generation faults (for example, PLL  
unlock) may trigger a reset by hardware. The clocks shown in  
Table 3 can be output on the SYS_CLKOUT pin.  
The 32.768 kHz input clock frequency is divided down to a 1 Hz  
signal by a prescaler. The counter function of the timer consists  
of four counters: a 60-second counter, a 60-minute counter, a  
24-hour counter, and a 32,768-day counter. When the alarm  
interrupt is enabled, the alarm function generates an interrupt  
when the output of the timer matches the programmed value in  
the alarm control register. There are two alarms. The first alarm  
is for a time of day. The second alarm is for a specific day and  
time of that day.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 13 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 3. Clock Dividers  
Deep Sleep Operating Mode—Maximum Dynamic Power  
Savings  
Divider (if Available on   
SYS_CLKOUT)  
By 16  
By 8  
The deep sleep mode maximizes dynamic power savings by dis-  
abling the clocks to the processor core and to all synchronous  
peripherals. Asynchronous peripherals may still be running but  
cannot access internal resources or external memory.  
Clock Source  
CCLK (Core Clock)  
SYSCLK (System Clock)  
SCLK0 (System Clock, All Periph- Not available on SYS_CLKOUT  
erals not Covered by SCLK1)  
Table 5. Power Settings  
SCLK1 (System Clock for Crypto By 8  
Engines and MDMA)  
fSYSCLK,  
fDCLK,  
fSCLK0,  
DCLK (LPDDR/DDR2 Clock)  
OCLK (Output Clock)  
CLKBUF  
By 8  
PLL  
Bypassed fCCLK  
Enabled No  
Core  
Power  
On  
Programmable  
None, direct from SYS_CLKIN  
Mode/State PLL  
Full On  
fSCLK1  
Enabled Enabled  
Deep Sleep Disabled —  
Disabled Disabled On  
Disabled Disabled Off  
Power Management  
Hibernate  
Disabled —  
As shown in Table 4, the processor supports multiple power  
domains, which maximizes flexibility while maintaining com-  
pliance with industry standards and conventions. There are no  
sequencing requirements for the various power domains, but all  
domains must be powered according to the appropriate Specifi-  
cations table for processor operating conditions; even if the  
feature/peripheral is not used.  
Hibernate State—Maximum Static Power Savings  
The hibernate state maximizes static power savings by disabling  
the voltage and clocks to the processor core and to all of the  
peripherals. This setting signals the external voltage regulator  
supplying the VDD_INT pins to shut off using the SYS_  
EXTWAKE signal, which provides the lowest static power  
dissipation.  
Any critical information stored internally (for example, mem-  
ory contents, register contents, and other information) must be  
written to a nonvolatile storage device (or self-refreshed  
DRAM) prior to removing power if the processor state is to be  
preserved.  
Table 4. Power Domains  
Power Domain  
All Internal Logic  
DDR2/LPDDR  
USB  
VDD Range  
VDD_INT  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_USB  
Because the VDD_EXT pins can still be supplied in this mode, all of  
the external pins three-state, unless otherwise specified. This  
allows other devices that may be connected to the processor to  
still have power applied without drawing unwanted current.  
OTP Memory  
HADC  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_HADC  
VDD_RTC  
RTC  
All Other I/O (Includes SYS, JTAG, and Ports Pins) VDD_EXT  
Reset Control Unit  
The dynamic power management feature of the processor  
allows the processor’s core clock frequency (fCCLK) to be dynam-  
ically controlled.  
The power dissipated by a processor is largely a function of its  
clock frequency and the square of the operating voltage. For  
example, reducing the clock frequency by 25% results in a 25%  
reduction in dynamic power dissipation.  
Reset is the initial state of the whole processor or the core and is  
the result of a hardware- or software-triggered event. In this  
state, all control registers are set to their default values and func-  
tional units are idle. Exiting a full system reset starts with the  
core being ready to boot.  
The reset control unit (RCU) controls how all the functional  
units enter and exit reset. Differences in functional require-  
ments and clocking constraints define how reset signals are  
generated. Programs must guarantee that none of the reset  
functions puts the system into an undefined state or causes  
resources to stall. This is particularly important when the core is  
reset (programs must ensure that there is no pending system  
activity involving the core when it is being reset).  
See Table 5 for a summary of the power settings for each mode.  
Full-On Operating Mode—Maximum Performance  
In the full-on mode, the PLL is enabled and is not bypassed,  
providing capability for maximum operational frequency. This  
is the power-up default execution state in which maximum per-  
formance can be achieved. The processor core and all enabled  
peripherals run at full speed.  
From a system perspective, reset is defined by both the reset tar-  
get and the reset source described as follows in the following list.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 14 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Target defined:  
JTAG. The DAP provides an optional instrumentation trace for  
both the core and system. It provides a trace stream that con-  
• Hardware Reset—All functional units are set to their  
default states without exception. History is lost.  
forms to MIPI System Trace Protocol version 2 (STPv2).  
• System Reset—All functional units except the RCU are set  
to their default states.  
• Core-only Reset—Affects the core only. The system soft-  
ware should guarantee that the core, while in reset state, is  
not accessed by any bus master.  
DEVELOPMENT TOOLS  
Analog Devices supports its processors with a complete line of  
software and hardware development tools, including integrated  
development environments (CrossCore® Embedded Studio),  
evaluation products, emulators, and a wide variety of software  
add-ins.  
Source defined:  
• Hardware Reset—The SYS_HWRST input signal is  
asserted active (pulled down).  
Integrated Development Environments (IDEs)  
TM  
CrossCore Embedded Studio is based on the Eclipse frame-  
• System Reset—May be triggered by software (writing to the  
RCU_CTL register) or by another functional unit such as  
the dynamic power management (DPM) unit (hibernate)  
or any of the system event controller (SEC), trigger routing  
unit (TRU), or emulator inputs.  
• Core-only Reset—Triggered by software.  
• Trigger request (peripheral).  
work. Supporting most Analog Devices processor families, it is  
the IDE of choice for future processors, including multicore  
devices. CrossCore Embedded Studio seamlessly integrates  
available software add-ins to support real time operating sys-  
tems, file systems, TCP/IP stacks, USB stacks, algorithmic  
software modules, and evaluation hardware board support  
packages. For more information, visit www.analog.com/cces.  
EZ-KIT Lite Evaluation Board  
Voltage Regulation  
For processor evaluation, Analog Devices provides a wide range  
of EZ-KIT Lite® evaluation boards. Including the processor and  
key peripherals, the evaluation board also supports on-chip  
emulation capabilities and other evaluation and development  
features. Also available are various EZ-Extenders®, which are  
daughter cards delivering additional specialized functionality,  
including audio and video processing. For more information,  
visit www.analog.com and search on “ezkit” or “ezextender”.  
The processor requires an external voltage regulator to power  
the VDD_INT pins. To reduce standby power consumption, the  
external voltage regulator can be signaled through   
SYS_EXTWAKE to remove power from the processor core.  
This signal is high-true for power-up and may be connected  
directly to the low-true shut-down input of many common  
regulators.  
While in the hibernate state, all external supply pins (VDD_  
EXT, VDD_USB, and VDD_DMC) can still be powered, elimi-  
nating the need for external buffers. The external voltage  
regulator can be activated from this power down state by assert-  
ing the SYS_HWRST pin, which then initiates a boot sequence.  
SYS_EXTWAKE indicates a wake-up to the external voltage  
regulator.  
EZ-KIT Lite Evaluation Kits  
For a cost-effective way to learn more about developing with  
Analog Devices processors, Analog Devices offer a range of EZ-  
KIT Lite evaluation kits. Each evaluation kit includes an EZ-KIT  
Lite evaluation board, directions for downloading an evaluation  
version of the available IDE, a USB cable, and a power supply.  
The USB controller on the EZ-KIT Lite board connects to the  
USB port of the user’s PC, enabling the chosen IDE evaluation  
suite to emulate the on-board processor in-circuit. This permits  
the customer to download, execute, and debug programs for the  
EZ-KIT Lite system. It also supports in-circuit programming of  
the on-board Flash device to store user-specific boot code,  
enabling standalone operation. With the full version of Cross-  
Core Embedded Studio installed (sold separately), engineers can  
develop software for supported EZ-KITs or any custom system  
utilizing supported Analog Devices processors.  
SYSTEM DEBUG  
The processor includes various features that allow for easy sys-  
tem debug. These are described in the following sections.  
System Watchpoint Unit  
The system watchpoint unit (SWU) is a single module which  
connects to a single system bus and provides for transaction  
monitoring. One SWU is attached to the bus going to each  
system slave. The SWU provides ports for all system bus address  
channel signals. Each SWU contains four match groups of regis-  
ters with associated hardware. These four SWU match groups  
operate independently, but share common event (interrupt,  
trigger, and others) outputs.  
ADSP-BF706 EZ-KIT Mini  
TM  
The ADSP-BF706 EZ-KIT Mini product (ADZS-BF706-  
EZMini) contains the ADSP-BF706 processor and is shipped  
with all of the necessary hardware. Users can start their evalua-  
tion immediately. The EZ-KIT Mini product includes the  
standalone evaluation board and USB cable. The EZ-KIT Mini  
ships with an on-board debug agent.  
Debug Access Port  
The debug access port (DAP) provides IEEE-1149.1 JTAG  
interface support through its JTAG debug and serial wire debug  
port (SWJ-DP). SWJ-DP is a combined JTAG-DP and SW-DP  
that enables either serial wire debug (SWD) or a JTAG emulator  
to be connected to a target. SWD signals share the same pins as  
The evaluation board is designed to be used in conjunction with  
the CrossCore Embedded Studio (CCES) development tools to  
test capabilities of the ADSP-BF706 Blackfin processor.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 15 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
registers. The emulators require the target board to include a  
Blackfin Low Power Imaging Platform (BLIP)  
header(s) that supports connection of the processor’s DAP to  
the emulator for trace and debug.  
The Blackfin low power imaging platform (BLIP) integrates the  
ADSP-BF707 Blackfin processor and Analog Devices software  
code libraries. The code libraries are optimized to detect the  
presence and behavior of humans or vehicles in indoor and out-  
door environments. The BLIP hardware platform is delivered  
preloaded with the occupancy software module.  
Analog Devices emulators actively drive JTG_TRST high.  
Third-party emulators may expect a pull-up on JTG_TRST and  
therefore will not drive JTG_TRST high. When using this type  
of third-party emulator JTG_TRST must still be driven low  
during power-up reset, but should subsequently be driven high  
externally before any emulation or boundary-scan operations.  
See Power-Up Reset Timing on Page 61 for more information  
on POR specifications.  
For more details on target board design issues including  
mechanical layout, single processor connections, signal buffer-  
ing, signal termination, and emulator pod logic, contact the  
factory for more information.  
Software Add-Ins for CrossCore Embedded Studio  
Analog Devices offers software add-ins which seamlessly inte-  
grate with CrossCore Embedded Studio to extend its capabilities  
and reduce development time. Add-ins include board support  
packages for evaluation hardware, various middleware pack-  
ages, and algorithmic modules. Documentation, help,  
configuration dialogs, and coding examples present in these  
add-ins are viewable through the CrossCore Embedded Studio  
IDE once the add-in is installed.  
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION  
The following publications that describe the ADSP-BF70x pro-  
cessors can be accessed electronically on our website:  
ADSP-BF70x Blackfin+ Processor Hardware Reference  
ADSP-BF70x Blackfin+ Processor Programming Reference  
ADSP-BF70x Blackfin+ Processor Anomaly List  
Board Support Packages for Evaluation Hardware  
Software support for the EZ-KIT Lite evaluation boards and EZ-  
Extender daughter cards is provided by software add-ins called  
board support packages (BSPs). The BSPs contain the required  
drivers, pertinent release notes, and select example code for the  
given evaluation hardware. A download link for a specific BSP is  
located on the web page for the associated EZ-KIT or EZ-  
Extender product. The link is found in the Product Download  
area of the product web page.  
RELATED SIGNAL CHAINS  
A signal chain is a series of signal-conditioning electronic com-  
ponents that receive input (data acquired from sampling either  
real-time phenomena or from stored data) in tandem, with the  
output of one portion of the chain supplying input to the next.  
Signal chains are often used in signal processing applications to  
gather and process data or to apply system controls based on  
analysis of real-time phenomena.  
Middleware Packages  
Analog Devices separately offers middleware add-ins such as  
real time operating systems, file systems, USB stacks, and  
TCP/IP stacks. For more information, see the following web  
pages:  
Analog Devices eases signal processing system development by  
providing signal processing components that are designed to  
work together well. A tool for viewing relationships between  
specific applications and related components is available on the  
www.analog.com website.  
The application signal chains page in the Circuits from the Lab®  
site (http:\\www.analog.com\circuits) provides:  
www.analog.com/ucos3  
www.analog.com/ucfs  
www.analog.com/ucusbd  
www.analog.com/lwip  
Algorithmic Modules  
To speed development, Analog Devices offers add-ins that per-  
form popular audio and video processing algorithms. These are  
available for use with CrossCore Embedded Studio. For more  
information, visit www.analog.com and search on “Blackfin  
software modules” or “SHARC software modules”.  
• Graphical circuit block diagram presentation of signal  
chains for a variety of circuit types and applications  
• Drill down links for components in each chain to selection  
guides and application information  
• Reference designs applying best practice design techniques  
Designing an Emulator-Compatible DSP Board (Target)  
For embedded system test and debug, Analog Devices provides  
a family of emulators. On each DAP-enabled processor, Analog  
Devices supplies an IEEE 1149.1 JTAG test access port (TAP),  
serial wire debug port (SWJ-DP), and trace capabilities.   
In-circuit emulation is facilitated by use of the JTAG or SWD  
interface. The emulator accesses the processor’s internal fea-  
tures through the processor’s TAP, allowing the developer to  
load code, set breakpoints, and view variables, memory, and  
Rev. A  
|
Page 16 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SECURITY FEATURES DISCLAIMER  
To our knowledge, the Security Features, when used in accor-  
dance with the data sheet and hardware reference manual  
specifications, provide a secure method of implementing code  
and data safeguards. However, Analog Devices does not guaran-  
tee that this technology provides absolute security.  
ACCORDINGLY, ANALOG DEVICES HEREBY DISCLAIMS  
ANY AND ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES  
THAT THE SECURITY FEATURES CANNOT BE  
BREACHED, COMPROMISED, OR OTHERWISE CIRCUM-  
VENTED AND IN NO EVENT SHALL ANALOG DEVICES  
BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE, DESTRUCTION, OR  
RELEASE OF DATA, INFORMATION, PHYSICAL PROP-  
ERTY, OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 17 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ADSP-BF70x DETAILED SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS  
Table 6 provides a detailed description of each pin.  
Table 6. ADSP-BF70x Detailed Signal Descriptions  
Port Name  
CAN_RX  
CAN_TX  
Direction  
Input  
Description  
Receive. Typically an external CAN transceiver's RX output.  
Transmit. Typically an external CAN transceiver's TX input.  
Count Down and Gate. Depending on the mode of operation this input acts either as a count down  
signal or a gate signal Count Down - This input causes the GP counter to decrement Gate - Stops the  
GP counter from incrementing or decrementing.  
Output  
Input  
CNT_DG  
CNT_UD  
CNT_ZM  
Input  
Input  
Count Up and Direction. Depending on the mode of operation this input acts either as a count up  
signal or a direction signal Count Up - This input causes the GP counter to increment Direction - Selects  
whether the GP counter is incrementing or decrementing.  
Count Zero Marker. Input that connects to the zero marker output of a rotary device or detects the  
pressing of a pushbutton.  
DMC_Ann  
DMC_BAn  
Output  
Output  
Address n. Address bus.  
Bank Address Input n. Defines which internal bank an ACTIVATE, READ, WRITE, or PRECHARGE  
command is being applied to on the dynamic memory. Also defines which mode registers (MR, EMR,  
EMR2, and/or EMR3) are loaded during the LOAD MODE REGISTER command.  
DMC_CAS  
Output  
Column Address Strobe. Defines the operation for external dynamic memory to perform in  
conjunction with other DMC command signals. Connect to the CAS input of dynamic memory.  
DMC_CK  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
I/O  
Clock. Outputs DCLK to external dynamic memory.  
Clock (Complement). Complement of DMC_CK.  
Clock enable. Active high clock enables. Connects to the dynamic memory's CKE input.  
Chip Select n. Commands are recognized by the memory only when this signal is asserted.  
Data n. Bidirectional Data bus.  
DMC_CK  
DMC_CKE  
DMC_CSn  
DMC_DQnn  
DMC_LDM  
Output  
Data Mask for Lower Byte. Mask for DMC_DQ07:DMC_DQ00 write data when driven high. Sampled  
on both edges of the data strobe by the dynamic memory.  
DMC_LDQS  
I/O  
Data Strobe for Lower Byte. DMC_DQ07:DMC_DQ00 data strobe. Output with Write Data. Input with  
Read Data. May be single-ended or differential depending on register settings.  
DMC_LDQS  
DMC_ODT  
I/O  
Data Strobe for Lower Byte (complement). Complement of LDQS. Not used in single-ended mode.  
On-die termination. Enables dynamic memory termination resistances when driven high (assuming  
Output  
the memory is properly configured). ODT is enabled/disabled regardless of read or write commands.  
DMC_RAS  
DMC_UDM  
DMC_UDQS  
Output  
Output  
I/O  
Row Address Strobe. Defines the operation for external dynamic memory to perform in conjunction  
with other DMC command signals. Connect to the RAS input of dynamic memory.  
Data Mask for Upper Byte. Mask for DMC_DQ15:DMC_DQ08 write data when driven high. Sampled  
on both edges of the data strobe by the dynamic memory.  
Data Strobe for Upper Byte. DMC_DQ15:DMC_DQ08 datastrobe. Output with Write Data. Input with  
Read Data. May be single-ended or differential depending on register settings.  
DMC_UDQS  
DMC_VREF  
DMC_WE  
I/O  
Data StrobeforUpperByte(complement). Complement ofUDQSb. Not usedin single-ended mode.  
Voltage Reference. Connect to half of the VDD_DMC voltage.  
Write Enable. Defines the operation for external dynamic memory to perform in conjunction with  
Input  
Output  
other DMC command signals. Connect to the WE input of dynamic memory.  
PPI_CLK  
PPI_Dnn  
PPI_FS1  
I/O  
Clock. Input in external clock mode, output in internal clock mode.  
Data n. Bidirectional data bus.  
Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC). Behavior depends on EPPI mode. See the EPPI HRM chapter for more details.  
Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC). Behavior depends on EPPI mode. See the EPPI HRM chapter for more details.  
Frame Sync 3 (FIELD). Behavior depends on EPPI mode. See the EPPI HRM chapter for more details.  
Analog Input at channel n. Analog voltage inputs for digital conversion.  
I/O  
I/O  
PPI_FS2  
I/O  
PPI_FS3  
I/O  
HADC_VINn  
Input  
Rev. A  
|
Page 18 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 6. ADSP-BF70x Detailed Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Port Name  
Direction  
Description  
HADC_VREFN  
Input  
Ground Reference for ADC. Connect to an external voltage reference that meets data sheet  
specifications.  
HADC_VREFP  
Input  
External Reference for ADC. Connect to an external voltage reference that meets data sheet  
specifications.  
MSI_CD  
MSI_CLK  
MSI_CMD  
MSI_Dn  
MSI_INT  
Input  
Output  
I/O  
Card Detect. Connects to a pull-up resistor and to the card detect output of an SD socket.  
Clock. The clock signal applied to the connected device from the MSI.  
Command. Used to send commands to and receive responses from the connected device.  
Data n. Bidirectional data bus.  
I/O  
Input  
eSDIO Interrupt Input. Used only for eSDIO. Connects to an eSDIO card's interrupt output. An  
interrupt may be sampled even when the MSI clock to the card is switched off.  
Px_nn  
I/O  
Position n. General purpose input/output. See the GP Ports chapter of the HRM for programming  
information.  
RTC_CLKIN  
RTC_XTAL  
Input  
Crystal input/external oscillator connection. Connect to an external clock source or crystal.  
Crystal output. Drives an external crystal. Must be left unconnected if an external clock is driving  
Output  
RTC_CLKIN.  
SMC_ABEn  
Output  
Byte Enable n. Indicate whether the lower or upper byte of a memory is being accessed. When an  
asynchronous write is made to the upper byte of a 16-bit memory, SMC_ABE1b=0 and SMC_ABE0b=1.  
When an asynchronous write is made to the lower byte of a 16-bit memory, SMC_ABE1b=1 and SMC_  
ABE0b=0.  
SMC_AMSn  
SMC_AOE  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Memory Select n. Typically connects to the chip select of a memory device.  
Output Enable. Asserts at the beginning of the setup period of a read access.  
Asynchronous Ready. Flow control signal used by memory devices to indicate to the SMC when  
SMC_ARDY  
further transactions may proceed.  
SMC_ARE  
SMC_AWE  
SMC_Ann  
SMC_Dnn  
SPI_CLK  
Output  
Output  
Output  
I/O  
Read Enable. Asserts at the beginning of a read access.  
Write Enable. Asserts for the duration of a write access period.  
Address n. Address bus.  
Data n. Bidirectional data bus.  
Clock. Input in slave mode, output in master mode.  
I/O  
SPI_D2  
I/O  
Data 2. Used to transfer serial data in Quad mode. Open-drain when ODM mode is enabled.  
Data 3. Used to transfer serial data in Quad mode. Open-drain when ODM mode is enabled.  
SPI_D3  
I/O  
SPI_MISO  
I/O  
Master In, Slave Out. Used to transfer serial data. Operates in the same direction as SPI_MOSI in Dual  
and Quad modes. Open-drain when ODM mode is enabled.  
SPI_MOSI  
I/O  
Master Out, Slave In. Used to transfer serial data. Operates in the same direction as SPI_MISO in Dual  
and Quad modes. Open-drain when ODM mode is enabled.  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_SELn  
SPI_SS  
I/O  
Ready. Optional flow signal. Output in slave mode, input in master mode.  
Slave Select Output n. Used in Master mode to enable the desired slave.  
Slave Select Input. Slave mode - Acts as the slave select input. Master mode- Optionally serves as an  
Output  
Input  
error detection input for the SPI when there are multiple masters.  
SPT_ACLK  
SPT_AD0  
SPT_AD1  
SPT_AFS  
SPT_ATDV  
I/O  
Channel A Clock. Data and Frame Sync are driven/sampled with respect to this clock. This signal can  
be either internally or externally generated.  
I/O  
Channel A Data 0. Primary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to  
transmit serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
I/O  
Channel A Data 1. Secondary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to  
transmit serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
I/O  
Channel A Frame Sync. The frame sync pulse initiates shifting of serial data. This signal is either  
generated internally or externally.  
Output  
Channel A Transmit Data Valid. This signal is optional and only active when SPORT is configured in  
multichannel transmit mode. It is asserted during enabled slots.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 19 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 6. ADSP-BF70x Detailed Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Port Name  
Direction  
Description  
SPT_BCLK  
I/O  
Channel B Clock. Data and Frame Sync are driven/sampled with respect to this clock. This signal can  
be either internally or externally generated.  
SPT_BD0  
SPT_BD1  
SPT_BFS  
SPT_BTDV  
I/O  
Channel B Data 0. Primary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to  
transmit serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
I/O  
Channel B Data 1. Secondary bidirectional data I/O. This signal can be configured as an output to  
transmit serial data, or as an input to receive serial data.  
I/O  
Channel B Frame Sync. The frame sync pulse initiates shifting of serial data. This signal is either  
generated internally or externally.  
Output  
Channel B Transmit Data Valid. This signal is optional and only active when SPORT is configured in  
multi-channel transmit mode. It is asserted during enabled slots.  
SYS_BMODEn  
SYS_CLKIN  
Input  
Boot Mode Control n. Selects the boot mode of the processor.  
Clock/Crystal Input. Connect to an external clock source or crystal.  
Input  
SYS_CLKOUT  
Output  
Processor Clock Output. Outputs internal clocks. Clocks may be divided down. See the CGU chapter  
of the HRM for more details.  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
Output  
I/O  
External Wake Control. Drives low during hibernate and high all other times. Typically connected to  
the enable input of the voltage regulator controlling the VDD_INT supply.  
Active-Low Fault Output. Indicates internal faults or senses external faults depending on the  
operating mode.  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
Input  
Processor Hardware Reset Control. Resets the device when asserted.  
Non-maskable Interrupt. See the processor hardware and programming references for more details.  
Reset Output. Indicates that the device is in the reset or hibernate state.  
Power Saving Mode Wakeup n. Wake-up source input for deep sleep and/or hibernate mode.  
Crystal Output. Drives an external crystal. Must be left unconnected if an external clock is driving  
Input  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_WAKEn  
SYS_XTAL  
Output  
Input  
Output  
CLKIN.  
JTG_SWCLK  
JTG_SWDIO  
JTG_SWO  
JTG_TCK  
I/O  
Serial Wire Clock. Clocks data into and out of the target during debug.  
Serial Wire DIO. Sends and receives serial data to and from the target during debug.  
Serial Wire Out. Provides trace data to the emulator.  
JTAG Clock. JTAG test access port clock.  
JTAG Serial Data In. JTAG test access port data input.  
JTAG Serial Data Out. JTAG test access port data output.  
JTAG Mode Select. JTAG test access port mode select.  
JTAG Reset. JTAG test access port reset.  
Alternate Capture Input n. Provides an additional input for WIDCAP, WATCHDOG, and PININT modes.  
Alternate Clock n. Provides an additional time base for use by an individual timer.  
Clock. Provides an additional global time base for use by all the GP timers.  
Timer n. The main input/output signal for each timer.  
Trace Clock. Clock output.  
I/O  
Output  
Input  
Input  
Output  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
Input  
I/O  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
TM_ACIn  
TM_ACLKn  
TM_CLK  
TM_TMRn  
TRACE_CLK  
TRACE_Dnn  
TWI_SCL  
Output  
Output  
I/O  
Trace Data n. Unidirectional data bus.  
Serial Clock. Clock output when master, clock input when slave.  
Serial Data. Receives or transmits data.  
Clear to Send. Flow control signal.  
Request to Send. Flow control signal.  
TWI_SDA  
UART_CTS  
UART_RTS  
UART_RX  
I/O  
Input  
Output  
Input  
Receive. Receive input. Typically connects to a transceiver that meets the electrical requirements of  
the device being communicated with.  
UART_TX  
Output  
Input  
Transmit. Transmit output. Typically connects to a transceiver that meets the electrical requirements  
of the device being communicated with.  
USB_CLKIN  
Clock/Crystal Input. This clock input is multiplied by a PLL to form the USB clock. See data sheet  
specifications for frequency/tolerance information.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 20 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 6. ADSP-BF70x Detailed Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Port Name  
USB_DM  
USB_DP  
USB_ID  
Direction  
I/O  
Description  
Data –. Bidirectional differential data line.  
Data +. Bidirectional differential data line.  
OTG ID. Senses whether the controller is a host or device. This signal is pulled low when an A-type  
plug is sensed (signifying that the USB controller is the A device), but the input is high when a B-type  
plug is sensed (signifying that the USB controller is the B device).  
I/O  
Input  
USB_VBC  
Output  
VBUS Control. Controls an external voltage source to supply VBUS when in host mode. May be  
configured as open-drain. Polarity is configurable as well.  
USB_VBUS  
USB_XTAL  
I/O  
Bus Voltage. Connects to bus voltage in host and device modes.  
Crystal. Drives an external crystal. Must be left unconnected if an external clock is driving USB_CLKIN.  
Output  
Rev. A  
|
Page 21 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
184-BALL CSP_BGA SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS  
The processor’s pin definitions are shown in Table 7. The col-  
umns in this table provide the following information:  
• Signal Name: The Signal Name column in the table  
includes the signal name for every pin and (where applica-  
ble) the GPIO multiplexed pin function for every pin.  
• Description: The Description column in the table provides  
a verbose (descriptive) name for the signal.  
• General-Purpose Port: The Port column in the table shows  
whether or not the signal is multiplexed with other signals  
on a general-purpose I/O port pin.  
• Pin Name: The Pin Name column in the table identifies the  
name of the package pin (at power on reset) on which the  
signal is located (if a single function pin) or is multiplexed  
(if a general-purpose I/O pin).  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions  
Signal Name  
CAN0_RX  
Description  
CAN0 Receive  
Port  
C
Pin Name  
PC_02  
CAN0_TX  
CAN0 Transmit  
C
PC_03  
CAN1_RX  
CAN1 Receive  
A
PA_12  
CAN1_TX  
CAN1 Transmit  
A
PA_13  
CNT0_DG  
CNT0 Count Down and Gate  
CNT0 Count Up and Direction  
CNT0 Count Zero Marker  
DMC0 Address 0  
A
PA_07  
CNT0_UD  
A
PA_15  
CNT0_ZM  
A
PA_13  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0 Address 1  
DMC0 Address 2  
DMC0 Address 3  
DMC0 Address 4  
DMC0 Address 5  
DMC0 Address 6  
DMC0 Address 7  
DMC0 Address 8  
DMC0 Address 9  
DMC0 Address 10  
DMC0 Address 11  
DMC0 Address 12  
DMC0 Address 13  
DMC0 Bank Address Input 0  
DMC0 Bank Address Input 1  
DMC0 Bank Address Input 2  
DMC0 Column Address Strobe  
DMC0 Clock  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0 Clock enable  
DMC0 Clock (complement)  
DMC0 Chip Select 0  
DMC0 Data 0  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0 Data 1  
DMC0 Data 2  
DMC0 Data 3  
DMC0 Data 4  
DMC0 Data 5  
DMC0 Data 6  
Rev. A  
|
Page 22 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_VREF  
DMC0_WE  
GND  
Description  
DMC0 Data 7  
Port  
Pin Name  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
A
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_VREF  
DMC0_WE  
GND  
DMC0 Data 8  
DMC0 Data 9  
DMC0 Data 10  
DMC0 Data 11  
DMC0 Data 12  
DMC0 Data 13  
DMC0 Data 14  
DMC0 Data 15  
DMC0 Data Mask for Lower Byte  
DMC0 Data Strobe for Lower Byte  
DMC0 Data Strobe for Lower Byte (complement)  
DMC0 On-die termination  
DMC0 Row Address Strobe  
DMC0 Data Mask for Upper Byte  
DMC0 Data Strobe for Upper Byte  
DMC0 Data Strobe for Upper Byte (complement)  
DMC0 Voltage Reference  
DMC0 Write Enable  
Ground  
GND_HADC  
HADC0_VIN0  
HADC0_VIN1  
HADC0_VIN2  
HADC0_VIN3  
HADC0_VREFN  
HADC0_VREFP  
JTG_SWCLK  
JTG_SWDIO  
JTG_SWO  
Ground HADC  
GND_HADC  
HADC0_VIN0  
HADC0_VIN1  
HADC0_VIN2  
HADC0_VIN3  
HADC0_VREFN  
HADC0_VREFP  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TDI  
HADC0 Analog Input at channel 0  
HADC0 Analog Input at channel 1  
HADC0 Analog Input at channel 2  
HADC0 Analog Input at channel 3  
HADC0 Ground Reference for ADC  
HADC0 External Reference for ADC  
TAPC0 Serial Wire Clock  
TAPC0 Serial Wire DIO  
TAPC0 Serial Wire Out  
TAPC0 JTAG Clock  
JTG_TCK  
JTG_TDI  
TAPC0 JTAG Serial Data In  
TAPC0 JTAG Serial Data Out  
TAPC0 JTAG Mode Select  
TAPC0 JTAG Reset  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TRST  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
MSI0_CD  
MSI0 Card Detect  
PA_08  
MSI0_CLK  
MSI0 Clock  
C
PC_09  
MSI0_CMD  
MSI0_D0  
MSI0 Command  
C
PC_05  
MSI0 Data 0  
C
PC_08  
MSI0_D1  
MSI0 Data 1  
C
PC_04  
MSI0_D2  
MSI0 Data 2  
C
PC_07  
MSI0_D3  
MSI0 Data 3  
C
PC_06  
MSI0_D4  
MSI0 Data 4  
C
PC_10  
MSI0_D5  
MSI0 Data 5  
C
PC_11  
MSI0_D6  
MSI0 Data 6  
C
PC_12  
MSI0_D7  
MSI0 Data 7  
C
PC_13  
Rev. A  
|
Page 23 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
MSI0_INT  
Description  
Port  
C
Pin Name  
PC_14  
MSI0 eSDIO Interrupt Input  
Position 00 through Position 15  
Position 00 through Position 15  
Position 00 through Position 14  
EPPI0 Clock  
PA_00-PA_15  
PB_00-PB_15  
PC_00-PC_14  
PPI0_CLK  
A
PA_00-PA_15  
PB_00-PB_15  
PC_00-PC_14  
PA_14  
B
C
A
PPI0_D00  
EPPI0 Data 0  
B
PB_07  
PPI0_D01  
EPPI0 Data 1  
B
PB_06  
PPI0_D02  
EPPI0 Data 2  
B
PB_05  
PPI0_D03  
EPPI0 Data 3  
B
PB_04  
PPI0_D04  
EPPI0 Data 4  
B
PB_03  
PPI0_D05  
EPPI0 Data 5  
B
PB_02  
PPI0_D06  
EPPI0 Data 6  
B
PB_01  
PPI0_D07  
EPPI0 Data 7  
B
PB_00  
PPI0_D08  
EPPI0 Data 8  
A
PA_11  
PPI0_D09  
EPPI0 Data 9  
A
PA_10  
PPI0_D10  
EPPI0 Data 10  
A
PA_09  
PPI0_D11  
EPPI0 Data 11  
A
PA_08  
PPI0_D12  
EPPI0 Data 12  
C
PC_03  
PPI0_D13  
EPPI0 Data 13  
C
PC_02  
PPI0_D14  
EPPI0 Data 14  
C
PC_01  
PPI0_D15  
EPPI0 Data 15  
C
PC_00  
PPI0_D16  
EPPI0 Data 16  
B
PB_08  
PPI0_D17  
EPPI0 Data 17  
B
PB_09  
PPI0_FS1  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC)  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC)  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD)  
RTC0 Crystal input/external oscillator connection  
RTC0 Crystal output  
SMC0 Address 1  
A
PA_12  
PPI0_FS2  
A
PA_13  
PPI0_FS3  
A
PA_15  
RTC0_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_A03  
SMC0_A04  
SMC0_A05  
SMC0_A06  
SMC0_A07  
SMC0_A08  
SMC0_A09  
SMC0_A10  
SMC0_A11  
SMC0_A12  
SMC0_ABE0  
SMC0_ABE1  
SMC0_AMS0  
SMC0_AMS1  
SMC0_AOE  
SMC0_ARDY  
Not Muxed  
RTC0_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
PA_08  
Not Muxed  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
SMC0 Address 2  
PA_09  
SMC0 Address 3  
PA_10  
SMC0 Address 4  
PA_11  
SMC0 Address 5  
PA_07  
SMC0 Address 6  
PA_06  
SMC0 Address 7  
PA_05  
SMC0 Address 8  
PA_04  
SMC0 Address 9  
PC_01  
SMC0 Address 10  
SMC0 Address 11  
SMC0 Address 12  
SMC0 Byte Enable 0  
SMC0 Byte Enable 1  
SMC0 Memory Select 0  
SMC0 Memory Select 1  
SMC0 Output Enable  
SMC0 Asynchronous Ready  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_15  
PA_02  
PA_12  
PA_03  
Rev. A  
|
Page 24 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
SPI0_CLK  
Description  
Port  
A
A
B
Pin Name  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PB_07  
PB_06  
PB_05  
PB_04  
PB_03  
PB_02  
PB_01  
PB_00  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
PB_00  
PC_04  
PB_03  
PC_08  
PB_07  
PC_09  
PB_01  
PC_06  
PB_02  
PC_07  
PA_06  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PC_11  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PA_05  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_03  
PC_10  
PA_14  
PA_04  
PB_10  
SMC0 Read Enable  
SMC0 Write Enable  
SMC0 Data 0  
SMC0 Data 1  
B
SMC0 Data 2  
B
SMC0 Data 3  
B
SMC0 Data 4  
B
SMC0 Data 5  
B
SMC0 Data 6  
B
SMC0 Data 7  
B
SMC0 Data 8  
B
SMC0 Data 9  
B
SMC0 Data 10  
B
SMC0 Data 11  
B
SMC0 Data 12  
B
SMC0 Data 13  
B
SMC0 Data 14  
B
SMC0 Data 15  
B
SPI0 Clock  
B
SPI0_CLK  
SPI0 Clock  
C
B
SPI0_D2  
SPI0 Data 2  
SPI0_D2  
SPI0 Data 2  
C
B
SPI0_D3  
SPI0 Data 3  
SPI0_D3  
SPI0 Data 3  
C
B
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_RDY  
SPI0_SEL1  
SPI0_SEL2  
SPI0_SEL3  
SPI0_SEL4  
SPI0_SEL5  
SPI0_SEL6  
SPI0_SS  
SPI0 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI0 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI0 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI0 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI0 Ready  
C
B
C
A
A
A
C
B
SPI0 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 4  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 5  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 6  
SPI0 Slave Select Input  
SPI1 Clock  
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
B
SPI1_CLK  
SPI1_MISO  
SPI1_MOSI  
SPI1_RDY  
SPI1_SEL1  
SPI1_SEL2  
SPI1_SEL3  
SPI1_SEL4  
SPI1_SS  
SPI1 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI1 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI1 Ready  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 4  
SPI1 Slave Select Input  
SPI2 Clock  
SPI2_CLK  
Rev. A  
|
Page 25 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SPI2_D2  
Description  
SPI2 Data 2  
Port  
B
Pin Name  
PB_13  
SPI2_D3  
SPI2 Data 3  
B
PB_14  
SPI2_MISO  
SPI2_MOSI  
SPI2_RDY  
SPI2 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI2 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI2 Ready  
B
PB_11  
B
PB_12  
A
PA_04  
SPI2_SEL1  
SPI2_SEL2  
SPI2_SEL3  
SPI2_SS  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI2 Slave Select Input  
B
PB_15  
B
PB_08  
B
PB_09  
B
PB_15  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_AD1  
SPT0_AFS  
SPT0_AFS  
SPT0_ATDV  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BD1  
SPT0_BD1  
SPT0_BFS  
SPORT0 Channel A Clock  
SPORT0 Channel A Clock  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT0 Channel B Clock  
SPORT0 Channel B Clock  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel A Clock  
SPORT1 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel A Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel B Clock  
SPORT1 Channel B Clock  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
Boot Mode Control 0  
A
PA_13  
C
PC_09  
A
PA_14  
C
PC_08  
C
PC_00  
A
PA_12  
C
PC_05  
A
PA_15  
B
PB_04  
C
PC_04  
B
PB_05  
C
PC_06  
B
PB_07  
C
PC_01  
B
PB_06  
SPT0_BFS  
C
PC_07  
SPT0_BTDV  
SPT1_ACLK  
SPT1_AD0  
SPT1_AD1  
SPT1_AFS  
SPT1_ATDV  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT1_BFS  
A
PA_15  
A
PA_08  
A
PA_10  
A
PA_11  
A
PA_09  
A
PA_07  
B
PB_00  
C
PC_10  
B
PB_02  
C
PC_12  
B
PB_03  
C
PC_13  
B
PB_01  
SPT1_BFS  
C
PC_11  
SPT1_BTDV  
SPT1_BTDV  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
A
PA_07  
C
PC_14  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
Boot Mode Control 1  
Clock/Crystal Input  
Processor Clock Output  
External Wake Control  
Rev. A  
|
Page 26 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
Description  
Port  
Not Muxed  
Pin Name  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
SYS_RESOUT  
PB_07  
Active-Low Fault Output  
Processor Hardware Reset Control  
Nonmaskable Interrupt  
Reset Output  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_WAKE0  
SYS_WAKE1  
SYS_WAKE2  
SYS_WAKE3  
SYS_WAKE4  
SYS_XTAL  
Not Muxed  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 0  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 1  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 2  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 3  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 4  
Crystal Output  
B
B
PB_08  
B
PB_12  
C
PC_02  
A
PA_12  
Not Muxed  
SYS_XTAL  
PC_03  
TM0_ACI0  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 0  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 1  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 2  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 3  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 4  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 5  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 6  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 0  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 1  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 2  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 3  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 4  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 5  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 6  
TIMER0 Clock  
C
TM0_ACI1  
B
PB_01  
TM0_ACI2  
C
PC_07  
TM0_ACI3  
B
PB_09  
TM0_ACI4  
C
PC_01  
TM0_ACI5  
C
PC_02  
TM0_ACI6  
A
PA_12  
TM0_ACLK0  
TM0_ACLK1  
TM0_ACLK2  
TM0_ACLK3  
TM0_ACLK4  
TM0_ACLK5  
TM0_ACLK6  
TM0_CLK  
C
PC_04  
C
PC_10  
C
PC_09  
B
PB_00  
B
PB_10  
A
PA_14  
B
PB_04  
B
PB_06  
TM0_TMR0  
TM0_TMR1  
TM0_TMR2  
TM0_TMR3  
TM0_TMR4  
TM0_TMR5  
TM0_TMR6  
TM0_TMR7  
TRACE0_CLK  
TRACE0_D00  
TRACE0_D01  
TRACE0_D02  
TRACE0_D03  
TRACE0_D04  
TRACE0_D05  
TRACE0_D06  
TRACE0_D07  
TWI0_SCL  
TIMER0 Timer 0  
A
PA_05  
TIMER0 Timer 1  
A
PA_06  
TIMER0 Timer 2  
A
PA_07  
TIMER0 Timer 3  
C
PC_05  
TIMER0 Timer 4  
A
PA_09  
TIMER0 Timer 5  
A
PA_10  
TIMER0 Timer 6  
A
PA_11  
TIMER0 Timer 7  
A
PA_04  
TPIU0 Trace Clock  
B
PB_10  
TPIU0 Trace Data 0  
B
PB_15  
TPIU0 Trace Data 1  
B
PB_14  
TPIU0 Trace Data 2  
B
PB_13  
TPIU0 Trace Data 3  
B
PB_12  
TPIU0 Trace Data 4  
B
PB_11  
TPIU0 Trace Data 5  
A
PA_02  
TPIU0 Trace Data 6  
A
PA_01  
TPIU0 Trace Data 7  
A
PA_00  
TWI0 Serial Clock  
Not Muxed  
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
PC_03  
TWI0_SDA  
UART0_CTS  
UART0_RTS  
TWI0 Serial Data  
Not Muxed  
UART0 Clear to Send  
C
C
UART0 Request to Send  
PC_02  
Rev. A  
|
Page 27 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 7. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
UART0_RX  
UART0_TX  
UART1_CTS  
UART1_RTS  
UART1_RX  
UART1_TX  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
Description  
Port  
B
Pin Name  
PB_09  
UART0 Receive  
UART0 Transmit  
UART1 Clear to Send  
UART1 Request to Send  
UART1 Receive  
UART1 Transmit  
USB0 Clock/Crystal Input  
USB0 Data –  
B
PB_08  
B
PB_14  
B
PB_13  
C
PC_01  
C
PC_00  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
USB0_ID  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_HADC  
VDD_INT  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_RTC  
VDD_USB  
USB0 Data +  
USB0_ID  
USB0 OTG ID  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_EXT  
USB0 VBUS Control  
USB0 Bus Voltage  
USB0 Crystal  
VDD for DMC  
External VDD  
VDD_HADC  
VDD_INT  
VDD for HADC  
Internal VDD  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_RTC  
VDD for OTP  
VDD for RTC  
VDD_USB  
VDD for USB  
Rev. A  
|
Page 28 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
GPIO MULTIPLEXING FOR 184-BALL CSP_BGA  
Table 8 through Table 10 identify the pin functions that are  
multiplexed on the general-purpose I/O pins of the 184-ball  
CSP_BGA package.  
Table 8. Signal Multiplexing for Port A  
Multiplexed  
Function 0  
Multiplexed  
Function 1  
Multiplexed  
Function 2  
TRACE0_D07  
TRACE0_D06  
TRACE0_D05  
Multiplexed  
Function 3  
Multiplexed  
Function Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
SPI1_CLK  
SPI1_MISO  
SPI1_MOSI  
SPI1_SEL2  
SPI1_SEL1  
TM0_TMR0  
TM0_TMR1  
TM0_TMR2  
PPI0_D11  
PPI0_D10  
PPI0_D09  
PPI0_D08  
PPI0_FS1  
SMC0_ABE0  
SMC0_ABE1  
SMC0_AMS1  
SMC0_ARDY  
SMC0_A08  
SMC0_A07  
SMC0_A06  
SMC0_A05  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_A03  
SMC0_A04  
SMC0_AOE  
SPI1_RDY  
TM0_TMR7  
SPI0_SEL1  
SPI0_SEL2  
SPT1_BTDV  
MSI0_CD  
SPI2_RDY  
SPI1_SS  
SPI0_SS  
SPI0_RDY  
SPT1_ATDV  
SPT1_ACLK  
SPT1_AFS  
SPT1_AD0  
SPT1_AD1  
SPT0_AFS  
CNT0_DG  
TM0_TMR4  
TM0_TMR5  
TM0_TMR6  
CAN1_RX  
TM0_ACI6/SYS_  
WAKE4  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PPI0_FS2  
PPI0_CLK  
PPI0_FS3  
CAN1_TX  
SPI1_SEL4  
SPT0_ATDV  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_BTDV  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_AMS0  
CNT0_ZM  
TM0_ACLK5  
CNT0_UD  
Table 9. Signal Multiplexing for Port B  
Multiplexed  
Multiplexed  
Function 1  
Multiplexed  
Function 2  
SPI0_CLK  
Multiplexed  
Function 3  
Multiplexed  
Function Input Tap  
TM0_ACLK3  
TM0_ACI1  
Signal Name  
PB_00  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
Function 0  
PPI0_D07  
PPI0_D06  
PPI0_D05  
PPI0_D04  
PPI0_D03  
PPI0_D02  
PPI0_D01  
PPI0_D00  
UART0_TX  
UART0_RX  
SPI2_CLK  
SPI2_MISO  
SPI2_MOSI  
SPI2_D2  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BFS  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BFS  
SPT0_BD1  
PPI0_D16  
PPI0_D17  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_D2  
SPI0_SEL4  
SPI0_SEL5  
SPI0_SEL6  
SPI0_D3  
TM0_ACLK6  
TM0_CLK  
SYS_WAKE0  
SYS_WAKE1  
TM0_ACI3  
TM0_ACLK4  
SPI2_SEL2  
SPI2_SEL3  
TRACE0_CLK  
TRACE0_D04  
TRACE0_D03  
TRACE0_D02  
TRACE0_D01  
TRACE0_D00  
SYS_WAKE2  
SPI2_SS  
UART1_RTS  
UART1_CTS  
SPI2_D3  
SPI2_SEL1  
Rev. A  
|
Page 29 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 10. Signal Multiplexing for Port C  
Multiplexed  
Function 0  
UART1_TX  
UART1_RX  
UART0_RTS  
Multiplexed  
Function 1  
SPT0_AD1  
SPT0_BD1  
CAN0_RX  
Multiplexed  
Function 2  
PPI0_D15  
PPI0_D14  
PPI0_D13  
Multiplexed  
Function 3  
Multiplexed  
Function Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PC_00  
PC_01  
SMC0_A09  
SMC0_A10  
TM0_ACI4  
PC_02  
TM0_ACI5/SYS_  
WAKE3  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
PC_08  
PC_09  
PC_10  
PC_11  
PC_12  
PC_13  
PC_14  
UART0_CTS  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_AFS  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BFS  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BFS  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT1_BTDV  
CAN0_TX  
SPI0_CLK  
TM0_TMR3  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_D2  
PPI0_D12  
MSI0_D1  
MSI0_CMD  
MSI0_D3  
MSI0_D2  
MSI0_D0  
MSI0_CLK  
SPI1_SEL3  
SPI0_SEL3  
SMC0_A11  
SMC0_A12  
TM0_ACI0  
TM0_ACLK0  
TM0_ACI2  
SPI0_D3  
TM0_ACLK2  
TM0_ACLK1  
MSI0_D4  
MSI0_D5  
MSI0_D6  
MSI0_D7  
MSI0_INT  
Rev. A  
|
Page 30 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
12 mm × 12 mm 88-LEAD LFCSP (QFN) SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS  
The processor’s pin definitions are shown in Table 11. The col-  
• General-Purpose Port: The Port column in the table shows  
whether or not the signal is multiplexed with other signals  
on a general-purpose I/O port pin.  
• Pin Name: The Pin Name column in the table identifies the  
name of the package pin (at power on reset) on which the  
signal is located (if a single function pin) or is multiplexed  
(if a general-purpose I/O pin).  
umns in this table provide the following information:  
• Signal Name: The Signal Name column in the table  
includes the signal name for every pin and (where applica-  
ble) the GPIO multiplexed pin function for every pin.  
• Description: The Description column in the table provides  
a verbose (descriptive) name for the signal.  
Table 11. ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Signal Descriptions  
Signal Name  
CAN0_RX  
CAN0_TX  
CAN1_RX  
CAN1_TX  
CNT0_DG  
CNT0_UD  
CNT0_ZM  
GND  
Description  
CAN0 Receive  
Port  
C
Pin Name  
PC_02  
CAN0 Transmit  
C
PC_03  
CAN1 Receive  
A
PA_12  
CAN1 Transmit  
A
PA_13  
CNT0 Count Down and Gate  
CNT0 Count Up and Direction  
CNT0 Count Zero Marker  
Ground  
A
PA_07  
A
PA_15  
A
PA_13  
Not Muxed  
GND  
JTG_SWCLK  
JTG_SWDIO  
JTG_SWO  
JTG_TCK  
TAPC0 Serial Wire Clock  
TAPC0 Serial Wire DIO  
TAPC0 Serial Wire Out  
TAPC0 JTAG Clock  
TAPC0 JTAG Serial Data In  
TAPC0 JTAG Serial Data Out  
TAPC0 JTAG Mode Select  
TAPC0 JTAG Reset  
MSI0 Card Detect  
MSI0 Clock  
Not Muxed  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TRST  
PA_08  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
JTG_TDI  
Not Muxed  
JTG_TDO  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TRST  
MSI0_CD  
MSI0_CLK  
MSI0_CMD  
MSI0_D0  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
A
B
C
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
PC_09  
MSI0 Command  
MSI0 Data 0  
PC_05  
PC_08  
MSI0_D1  
MSI0 Data 1  
PC_04  
MSI0_D2  
MSI0 Data 2  
PC_07  
MSI0_D3  
MSI0 Data 3  
PC_06  
MSI0_D4  
MSI0 Data 4  
PC_10  
PA_00-PA_15  
PB_00-PB_15  
PC_00-PC_10  
PPI0_CLK  
PPI0_D00  
PPI0_D01  
PPI0_D02  
PPI0_D03  
PPI0_D04  
PPI0_D05  
PPI0_D06  
PPI0_D07  
Position 00 through Position 15  
Position 00 through Position 15  
Position 00 through Position 10  
EPPI0 Clock  
PA_00-PA_15  
PB_00-PB_15  
PC_00-PC_10  
PA_14  
EPPI0 Data 0  
PB_07  
EPPI0 Data 1  
PB_06  
EPPI0 Data 2  
PB_05  
EPPI0 Data 3  
PB_04  
EPPI0 Data 4  
PB_03  
EPPI0 Data 5  
PB_02  
EPPI0 Data 6  
PB_01  
EPPI0 Data 7  
PB_00  
Rev. A  
|
Page 31 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 11. ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
PPI0_D08  
Description  
EPPI0 Data 8  
Port  
A
Pin Name  
PA_11  
PA_10  
PA_09  
PA_08  
PC_03  
PC_02  
PC_01  
PC_00  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_15  
RTC0_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_07  
PA_06  
PA_05  
PA_04  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_15  
PA_02  
PA_12  
PA_03  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PB_07  
PB_06  
PB_05  
PB_04  
PB_03  
PB_02  
PB_01  
PB_00  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PPI0_D09  
EPPI0 Data 9  
A
PPI0_D10  
EPPI0 Data 10  
A
PPI0_D11  
EPPI0 Data 11  
A
PPI0_D12  
EPPI0 Data 12  
C
PPI0_D13  
EPPI0 Data 13  
C
PPI0_D14  
EPPI0 Data 14  
C
PPI0_D15  
EPPI0 Data 15  
C
PPI0_D16  
EPPI0 Data 16  
B
PPI0_D17  
EPPI0 Data 17  
B
PPI0_FS1  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 1 (HSYNC)  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 2 (VSYNC)  
EPPI0 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD)  
RTC0 Crystal input/external oscillator connection  
RTC0 Crystal output  
SMC0 Address 1  
SMC0 Address 2  
SMC0 Address 3  
SMC0 Address 4  
SMC0 Address 5  
SMC0 Address 6  
SMC0 Address 7  
SMC0 Address 8  
SMC0 Address 9  
SMC0 Address 10  
SMC0 Address 11  
SMC0 Address 12  
SMC0 Byte Enable 0  
SMC0 Byte Enable 1  
SMC0 Memory Select 0  
SMC0 Memory Select 1  
SMC0 Output Enable  
SMC0 Asynchronous Ready  
SMC0 Read Enable  
SMC0 Write Enable  
SMC0 Data 0  
A
PPI0_FS2  
A
PPI0_FS3  
A
RTC0_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_A03  
SMC0_A04  
SMC0_A05  
SMC0_A06  
SMC0_A07  
SMC0_A08  
SMC0_A09  
SMC0_A10  
SMC0_A11  
SMC0_A12  
SMC0_ABE0  
SMC0_ABE1  
SMC0_AMS0  
SMC0_AMS1  
SMC0_AOE  
SMC0_ARDY  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
SMC0 Data 1  
SMC0 Data 2  
SMC0 Data 3  
SMC0 Data 4  
SMC0 Data 5  
SMC0 Data 6  
SMC0 Data 7  
SMC0 Data 8  
SMC0 Data 9  
SMC0 Data 10  
Rev. A  
|
Page 32 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 11. ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
SPI0_CLK  
SPI0_CLK  
SPI0_D2  
Description  
SMC0 Data 11  
Port  
B
Pin Name  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
PB_00  
PC_04  
PB_03  
PC_08  
PB_07  
PC_09  
PB_01  
PC_06  
PB_02  
PC_07  
PA_06  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PA_05  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_03  
PC_10  
PA_14  
PA_04  
PB_10  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PA_04  
PB_15  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_15  
PA_13  
PC_09  
PA_14  
PC_08  
PC_00  
SMC0 Data 12  
B
SMC0 Data 13  
B
SMC0 Data 14  
B
SMC0 Data 15  
B
SPI0 Clock  
B
SPI0 Clock  
C
B
SPI0 Data 2  
SPI0_D2  
SPI0 Data 2  
C
B
SPI0_D3  
SPI0 Data 3  
SPI0_D3  
SPI0 Data 3  
C
B
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_RDY  
SPI0_SEL1  
SPI0_SEL2  
SPI0_SEL4  
SPI0_SEL5  
SPI0_SEL6  
SPI0_SS  
SPI0 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI0 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI0 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI0 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI0 Ready  
C
B
C
A
A
A
B
SPI0 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 4  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 5  
SPI0 Slave Select Output 6  
SPI0 Slave Select Input  
SPI1 Clock  
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
B
SPI1_CLK  
SPI1_MISO  
SPI1_MOSI  
SPI1_RDY  
SPI1_SEL1  
SPI1_SEL2  
SPI1_SEL3  
SPI1_SEL4  
SPI1_SS  
SPI1 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI1 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI1 Ready  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI1 Slave Select Output 4  
SPI1 Slave Select Input  
SPI2 Clock  
SPI2_CLK  
SPI2_D2  
SPI2 Data 2  
B
SPI2_D3  
SPI2 Data 3  
B
SPI2_MISO  
SPI2_MOSI  
SPI2_RDY  
SPI2_SEL1  
SPI2_SEL2  
SPI2_SEL3  
SPI2_SS  
SPI2 Master In, Slave Out  
SPI2 Master Out, Slave In  
SPI2 Ready  
B
B
A
B
SPI2 Slave Select Output 1  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 2  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 3  
SPI2 Slave Select Input  
SPORT0 Channel A Clock  
SPORT0 Channel A Clock  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel A Data 1  
B
B
B
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_AD1  
A
C
A
C
C
Rev. A  
|
Page 33 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 11. ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
SPT0_AFS  
Description  
Port  
A
Pin Name  
PA_12  
SPORT0 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT0 Channel B Clock  
SPT0_AFS  
C
PC_05  
SPT0_ATDV  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BD1  
SPT0_BD1  
SPT0_BFS  
A
PA_15  
B
PB_04  
SPORT0 Channel B Clock  
C
PC_04  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT0 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT0 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel A Clock  
B
PB_05  
C
PC_06  
B
PB_07  
C
PC_01  
B
PB_06  
SPT0_BFS  
C
PC_07  
SPT0_BTDV  
SPT1_ACLK  
SPT1_AD0  
SPT1_AD1  
SPT1_AFS  
A
PA_15  
A
PA_08  
SPORT1 Channel A Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel A Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel A Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel A Transmit Data Valid  
SPORT1 Channel B Clock  
A
PA_10  
A
PA_11  
A
PA_09  
SPT1_ATDV  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT1_BFS  
A
PA_07  
B
PB_00  
SPORT1 Channel B Clock  
C
PC_10  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 0  
SPORT1 Channel B Data 1  
SPORT1 Channel B Frame Sync  
SPORT1 Channel B Transmit Data Valid  
Boot Mode Control 0  
B
PB_02  
B
PB_03  
B
PB_01  
SPT1_BTDV  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
A
PA_07  
Not Muxed  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
SYS_RESOUT  
PB_07  
Boot Mode Control 1  
Not Muxed  
Clock/Crystal Input  
Not Muxed  
Processor Clock Output  
Not Muxed  
External Wake Control  
Not Muxed  
Active-Low Fault Output  
Not Muxed  
Processor Hardware Reset Control  
Non-maskable Interrupt  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_WAKE0  
SYS_WAKE1  
SYS_WAKE2  
SYS_WAKE3  
SYS_WAKE4  
SYS_XTAL  
Reset Output  
Not Muxed  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 0  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 1  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 2  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 3  
Power Saving Mode Wake-up 4  
Crystal Output  
B
B
PB_08  
B
PB_12  
C
PC_02  
A
PA_12  
Not Muxed  
SYS_XTAL  
PC_03  
TM0_ACI0  
TM0_ACI1  
TM0_ACI2  
TM0_ACI3  
TM0_ACI4  
TM0_ACI5  
TM0_ACI6  
TM0_ACLK0  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 0  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 1  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 2  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 3  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 4  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 5  
TIMER0 Alternate Capture Input 6  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 0  
C
B
C
B
C
C
A
C
PB_01  
PC_07  
PB_09  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PA_12  
PC_04  
Rev. A  
|
Page 34 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 11. ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Signal Descriptions (Continued)  
Signal Name  
TM0_ACLK1  
TM0_ACLK2  
TM0_ACLK3  
TM0_ACLK4  
TM0_ACLK5  
TM0_ACLK6  
TM0_CLK  
Description  
Port  
C
Pin Name  
PC_10  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 1  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 2  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 3  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 4  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 5  
TIMER0 Alternate Clock 6  
TIMER0 Clock  
C
PC_09  
B
PB_00  
B
PB_10  
A
PA_14  
B
PB_04  
B
PB_06  
TM0_TMR0  
TM0_TMR1  
TM0_TMR2  
TM0_TMR3  
TM0_TMR4  
TM0_TMR5  
TM0_TMR6  
TM0_TMR7  
TRACE0_CLK  
TRACE0_D00  
TRACE0_D01  
TRACE0_D02  
TRACE0_D03  
TRACE0_D04  
TRACE0_D05  
TRACE0_D06  
TRACE0_D07  
TWI0_SCL  
TIMER0 Timer 0  
A
PA_05  
TIMER0 Timer 1  
A
PA_06  
TIMER0 Timer 2  
A
PA_07  
TIMER0 Timer 3  
C
PC_05  
TIMER0 Timer 4  
A
PA_09  
TIMER0 Timer 5  
A
PA_10  
TIMER0 Timer 6  
A
PA_11  
TIMER0 Timer 7  
A
PA_04  
TPIU0 Trace Clock  
TPIU0 Trace Data 0  
TPIU0 Trace Data 1  
TPIU0 Trace Data 2  
TPIU0 Trace Data 3  
TPIU0 Trace Data 4  
TPIU0 Trace Data 5  
TPIU0 Trace Data 6  
TPIU0 Trace Data 7  
TWI0 Serial Clock  
TWI0 Serial Data  
UART0 Clear to Send  
UART0 Request to Send  
UART0 Receive  
B
PB_10  
B
PB_15  
B
PB_14  
B
PB_13  
B
PB_12  
B
PB_11  
A
PA_02  
A
PA_01  
A
PA_00  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
C
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
PC_03  
TWI0_SDA  
UART0_CTS  
UART0_RTS  
UART0_RX  
UART0_TX  
UART1_CTS  
UART1_RTS  
UART1_RX  
UART1_TX  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
C
PC_02  
B
PB_09  
UART0 Transmit  
B
PB_08  
UART1 Clear to Send  
UART1 Request to Send  
UART1 Receive  
B
PB_14  
B
PB_13  
C
PC_01  
UART1 Transmit  
C
PC_00  
USB0 Clock/Crystal Input  
USB0 Data –  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
Not Muxed  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
USB0_ID  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_RTC  
VDD_USB  
USB0_DP  
USB0 Data +  
USB0_ID  
USB0 OTG ID  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_EXT  
USB0 VBUS Control  
USB0 Bus Voltage  
USB0 Crystal  
External VDD  
VDD_INT  
Internal VDD  
VDD_OTP  
VDD for OTP  
VDD_RTC  
VDD for RTC  
VDD_USB  
VDD for USB  
Rev. A  
|
Page 35 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
GPIO MULTIPLEXING FOR 12 mm × 12 mm 88-LEAD LFCSP (QFN)  
Table 12 through Table 14 identify the pin functions that are  
multiplexed on the general-purpose I/O pins of the   
12 mm 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) package.  
Table 12. Signal Multiplexing for Port A  
Multiplexed  
Function 0  
Multiplexed  
Function 1  
Multiplexed  
Function 2  
TRACE0_D07  
TRACE0_D06  
TRACE0_D05  
Multiplexed  
Function 3  
Multiplexed  
Function Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PA_00  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
SPI1_CLK  
SPI1_MISO  
SPI1_MOSI  
SPI1_SEL2  
SPI1_SEL1  
TM0_TMR0  
TM0_TMR1  
TM0_TMR2  
PPI0_D11  
PPI0_D10  
PPI0_D09  
PPI0_D08  
PPI0_FS1  
SMC0_ABE0  
SMC0_ABE1  
SMC0_AMS1  
SMC0_ARDY  
SMC0_A08  
SMC0_A07  
SMC0_A06  
SMC0_A05  
SMC0_A01  
SMC0_A02  
SMC0_A03  
SMC0_A04  
SMC0_AOE  
SPI1_RDY  
TM0_TMR7  
SPI0_SEL1  
SPI0_SEL2  
SPT1_BTDV  
MSI0_CD  
SPI2_RDY  
SPI1_SS  
SPI0_SS  
SPI0_RDY  
SPT1_ATDV  
SPT1_ACLK  
SPT1_AFS  
SPT1_AD0  
SPT1_AD1  
SPT0_AFS  
CNT0_DG  
TM0_TMR4  
TM0_TMR5  
TM0_TMR6  
CAN1_RX  
TM0_ACI6/SYS_  
WAKE4  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PPI0_FS2  
PPI0_CLK  
PPI0_FS3  
CAN1_TX  
SPI1_SEL4  
SPT0_ATDV  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_BTDV  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_AMS0  
CNT0_ZM  
TM0_ACLK5  
CNT0_UD  
Table 13. Signal Multiplexing for Port B  
Multiplexed  
Multiplexed  
Function 1  
Multiplexed  
Function 2  
SPI0_CLK  
Multiplexed  
Function 3  
Multiplexed  
Function Input Tap  
TM0_ACLK3  
TM0_ACI1  
Signal Name  
PB_00  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
Function 0  
PPI0_D07  
PPI0_D06  
PPI0_D05  
PPI0_D04  
PPI0_D03  
PPI0_D02  
PPI0_D01  
PPI0_D00  
UART0_TX  
UART0_RX  
SPI2_CLK  
SPI2_MISO  
SPI2_MOSI  
SPI2_D2  
SPT1_BCLK  
SPT1_BFS  
SPT1_BD0  
SPT1_BD1  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BFS  
SPT0_BD1  
PPI0_D16  
PPI0_D17  
SMC0_D07  
SMC0_D06  
SMC0_D05  
SMC0_D04  
SMC0_D03  
SMC0_D02  
SMC0_D01  
SMC0_D00  
SMC0_D08  
SMC0_D09  
SMC0_D10  
SMC0_D11  
SMC0_D12  
SMC0_D13  
SMC0_D14  
SMC0_D15  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_D2  
SPI0_SEL4  
SPI0_SEL5  
SPI0_SEL6  
SPI0_D3  
TM0_ACLK6  
TM0_CLK  
SYS_WAKE0  
SYS_WAKE1  
TM0_ACI3  
TM0_ACLK4  
SPI2_SEL2  
SPI2_SEL3  
TRACE0_CLK  
TRACE0_D04  
TRACE0_D03  
TRACE0_D02  
TRACE0_D01  
TRACE0_D00  
SYS_WAKE2  
SPI2_SS  
UART1_RTS  
UART1_CTS  
SPI2_D3  
SPI2_SEL1  
Rev. A  
|
Page 36 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 14. Signal Multiplexing for Port C  
Multiplexed  
Multiplexed  
Function 1  
SPT0_AD1  
SPT0_BD1  
CAN0_RX  
Multiplexed  
Function 2  
PPI0_D15  
PPI0_D14  
PPI0_D13  
Multiplexed  
Function 3  
Multiplexed  
Function Input Tap  
Signal Name  
PC_00  
Function 0  
UART1_TX  
UART1_RX  
UART0_RTS  
PC_01  
SMC0_A09  
SMC0_A10  
TM0_ACI4  
PC_02  
TM0_ACI5/SYS_  
WAKE3  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
PC_08  
PC_09  
PC_10  
UART0_CTS  
SPT0_BCLK  
SPT0_AFS  
SPT0_BD0  
SPT0_BFS  
SPT0_AD0  
SPT0_ACLK  
SPT1_BCLK  
CAN0_TX  
SPI0_CLK  
TM0_TMR3  
SPI0_MISO  
SPI0_MOSI  
SPI0_D2  
PPI0_D12  
MSI0_D1  
MSI0_CMD  
MSI0_D3  
MSI0_D2  
MSI0_D0  
MSI0_CLK  
SPI1_SEL3  
SMC0_A11  
SMC0_A12  
TM0_ACI0  
TM0_ACLK0  
TM0_ACI2  
SPI0_D3  
TM0_ACLK2  
TM0_ACLK1  
MSI0_D4  
Rev. A  
|
Page 37 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ADSP-BF70x DESIGNER QUICK REFERENCE  
Table 15 provides a quick reference summary of pin related  
information for circuit board design. The columns in this table  
provide the following information:  
• Power Domain: The Power Domain column in the table  
specifies the power supply domain in which the signal  
resides.  
• Signal Name: The Signal Name column in the table  
includes the signal name for every pin and (where applica-  
ble) the GPIO multiplexed pin function for every pin.  
• Pin Type: The Type column in the table identifies the I/O  
type or supply type of the pin. The abbreviations used in  
this column are na (none), I/O (input/output), a (analog), s  
(supply), and g (ground).  
• Driver Type: The Driver Type column in the table identi-  
fies the driver type used by the pin. The driver types are  
defined in the output drive currents section of this data  
sheet.  
• Internal Termination: The Int Term column in the table  
specifies the termination present when the processor is not  
in the reset or hibernate state. The abbreviations used in  
this column are wk (weak keeper, weakly retains previous  
value driven on the pin), pu (pull-up), or pd (pull-down).  
• Reset Termination: The Reset Term column in the table  
specifies the termination present when the processor is in  
the reset state. The abbreviations used in this column are  
wk (weak keeper, weakly retains previous value driven on  
the pin), pu (pull-up), or pd (pull-down).  
• Reset Drive: The Reset Drive column in the table specifies  
the active drive on the signal when the processor is in the  
reset state.  
• Hibernate Termination: The Hiber Term column in the  
table specifies the termination present when the processor  
is in the hibernate state. The abbreviations used in this col-  
umn are wk (weak keeper, weakly retains previous value  
driven on the pin), pu (pull-up), or pd (pull-down).  
• Hibernate Drive: The Hiber Drive column in the table  
specifies the active drive on the signal when the processor is  
in the hibernate state.  
• Description and Notes: The Description and Notes column  
in the table identifies any special requirements or charac-  
teristics for the signal. If no special requirements are listed  
the signal may be left unconnected if it is not used. Also, for  
multiplexed general-purpose I/O pins, this column identi-  
fies the functions available on the pin.  
If an external pull-up or pull-down resistor is required for any  
signal, 100 kΩ is the maximum value that can be used unless  
otherwise noted.  
Note that for Port A, Port B, and Port C (PA_00 to PC_14),  
when SYS_HWRST is low, these pads are three-state. After   
SYS_HWRST is released, but before code execution begins,  
these pins are internally pulled up. Subsequently, the state  
depends on the input enable and output enable which are  
controlled by software.  
Software control of internal pull-ups works according to the  
following settings in the PADS_PCFG0 register. When   
PADS_PCFG0 = 0: For PA_15:PA_00, PB_15:PB_00, and   
PC_14:PC_00, the internal pull-up is enabled when both the  
input enable and output enable of a particular pin are   
deasserted. When PADS_PCFG0 = 1: For PA_15:PA_00,   
PB_15:PB_00, and PC_14:PC_00, the internal pull-up is  
enabled as long as the output enable of a particular pin is   
deasserted.  
There are some exceptions to this scheme:  
• Internal pull-ups are always disabled if MSI mode is  
selected for that signal.  
• The following signals enabled the internal pull-down when  
the output enable is de-asserted: SMC0_AMS[1:0],   
SMC0_ARE, SMC0_AWE, SMC0_AOE, SMC0_ARDY,  
SPI0_SEL[6:1], SPI1_SEL[4:1], and SPI2_SEL[3:1].  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
B
B
B
B
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Address 0  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 1  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 2  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 3  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 4  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 5  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 38 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Address 6  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 7  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 8  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 9  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 10  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 11  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 12  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Address 13  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Bank Address Input 0  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Bank Address Input 1  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Bank Address Input 2  
Notes: For LPDDR, leave unconnected.  
Desc: DMC0 Column Address Strobe  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Clock  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_CK  
L
L
Desc: DMC0 Clock (complement)  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ07  
L
L
Desc: DMC0 Clock enable  
Notes: No notes.  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: DMC0 Chip Select 0  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 0  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 1  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 2  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 3  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 4  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 5  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 6  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 7  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 39 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Data 8  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 9  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 10  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 11  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 12  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 13  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 14  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data 15  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data Mask for Lower Byte  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Lower Byte  
Notes: For LPDDR, a pull-down is  
required.  
DMC0_LDQS  
I/O  
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Lower Byte  
(complement)  
Notes: For single ended DDR2, connect  
to DMC0_VREF. For LPDDR, leave  
unconnected.  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
B
B
B
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 On-die termination  
Notes: For LPDDR, leave unconnected.  
Desc: DMC0 Row Address Strobe  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: DMC0 Data Mask for Upper Byte  
Notes: No notes.  
DMC0_UDQS I/O  
DMC0_UDQS I/O  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Upper Byte  
Notes: For LPDDR, a pull-down is  
required.  
C
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
Desc: DMC0 Data Strobe for Upper Byte  
(complement)  
Notes: For single ended DDR2, connect  
to DMC0_VREF. For LPDDR, leave  
unconnected.  
DMC0_VREF  
a
na  
Desc: DMC0 Voltage Reference  
Notes: For LPDDR, leave unconnected.  
If the DMC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
DMC0_WE  
GND  
I/O  
g
B
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_DMC  
na  
Desc: DMC0 Write Enable  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: Ground  
na  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 40 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
GND_HADC  
HADC0_VIN0  
HADC0_VIN1  
HADC0_VIN2  
HADC0_VIN3  
g
a
a
a
a
na  
na  
na  
na  
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
Desc: Ground HADC  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_HADC Desc: HADC0 Analog Input at channel 0  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_HADC Desc: HADC0 Analog Input at channel 1  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_HADC Desc: HADC0 Analog Input at channel 2  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_HADC Desc: HADC0 Analog Input at channel 3  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
HADC0_VREFN a  
HADC0_VREFP a  
VDD_HADC Desc: HADC0 Ground Reference for  
ADC  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_HADC Desc: HADC0 External Reference for  
ADC  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
JTG_TCK_  
SWCLK  
I/O  
I/O  
na  
na  
A
pd  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: JTAG Clock | Serial Wire Clock  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
Desc: JTAG Serial Data In  
JTG_TDI  
pu  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
JTG_TDO_SWO I/O  
none  
Desc: JTAG Serial Data Out | Serial Wire  
Out  
Notes: Functional during reset, three-  
state when JTG_TRST is asserted.  
JTG_TMS_  
SWDIO  
I/O  
I/O  
A
pu  
pd  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: JTAG Mode Select | Serial Wire DIO  
Notes: Functional during reset.  
JTG_TRST  
na  
Desc: JTAG Reset  
Notes: Functional during reset, a 10k  
external pull-down may be used to  
shorten the tVDDEXT_RST timing  
requirement.  
PA_00  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI1 Clock | TRACE0 Trace Data 7 |  
SMC0 Byte Enable 0  
Notes: SPI clock requires a pull-down  
when controlling most SPI flash  
devices.  
PA_01  
Desc: SPI1 Master In, Slave Out | TRACE0  
Trace Data 6 | SMC0 Byte Enable 1  
Notes: Pull-up required for SPI_MISO if  
SPI master boot is used.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 41 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
PA_02  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI1 Master Out, Slave In | TRACE0  
Trace Data 5 | SMC0 Memory Select 1  
Notes: May require a pull-up if used as  
an SMC memory select. Check the data  
sheetrequirementsofthe ICit connects  
to.  
PA_03  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI1 Slave Select Output 2 | SPI1  
Ready | SMC0 Asynchronous Ready  
Notes: May require a pull-up or pull-  
down if used as an SMC asynchronous  
ready. Check the data sheet require-  
ments of the IC it connects to and the  
programmed polarity.  
PA_04  
PA_05  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI1 Slave Select Output 1 | TM0  
Timer 7 | SPI2 Ready | SMC0 Address 8 |  
SPI1 Slave Select Input  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
Desc: TM0 Timer 0 | SPI0 Slave Select  
Output 1 | SMC0 Address 7 | SPI0 Slave  
Select Input  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
PA_06  
PA_07  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: TM0 Timer 1 | SPI0 Slave Select  
Output 2 | SPI0 Ready | SMC0 Address 6  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
Desc: TM0 Timer 2 | SPT1 Channel B  
Transmit Data Valid | SPT1 Channel A  
Transmit Data Valid | SMC0 Address 5 |  
CNT0 Count Down and Gate  
Notes: No notes.  
PA_08  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0 Data 11 | MSI0 Card Detect |  
SPT1 Channel A Clock | SMC0 Address 1  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0 Data 10 | TM0 Timer 4 | SPT1  
Channel A Frame Sync | SMC0 Address 2  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 9 | TM0 Timer 5 | SPT1  
Channel A Data 0 | SMC0 Address 3  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 8 | TM0 Timer 6 | SPT1  
Channel A Data 1 | SMC0 Address 4  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 42 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
PA_12  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc:PPI0FrameSync1(HSYNC)|CAN1  
Receive|SPORT0ChannelAFrameSync  
|SMC0 Output Enable |SYS Power  
Saving Mode Wakeup 4 | TM0 Alternate  
Capture Input 6  
Notes: If hibernate mode is used one of  
the following must be true during  
hibernate. Either this pin must be  
actively driven by another IC, or it must  
have a pull-up or pull-down.  
PA_13  
PA_14  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0FrameSync2(VSYNC)|CAN1  
Transmit | SPORT0 Channel A Clock |  
SMC0 Read Enable | CNT0 Count Zero  
Marker  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PPI0 Clock | SPI1 Slave Select  
Output 4 | SPORT0 Channel A Data 0 |  
SMC0 Write Enable | TM0 Alternate  
Clock 5  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
PA_15  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0 Frame Sync 3 (FIELD) | SPT0  
Channel A Transmit Data Valid | SPT0  
Channel B Transmit Data Valid | SMC0  
Memory Select 0 | CNT0 Count Up and  
Direction  
Notes: May require a pull-up if used as  
an SMC memory select. Check the data  
sheetrequirementsofthe ICitconnects  
to.  
PB_00  
PB_01  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0Data7|SPT1Channel BClock  
| SPI0 Clock | SMC0 Data 7 | TM0  
Alternate Clock 3  
Notes: SPI clock requires a pull-down  
when controlling most SPI flash  
devices.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 6 | SPT1 Channel B  
Frame Sync | SPI0 Master In, Slave Out |  
SMC0 Data 6 | TM0 Alternate Capture  
Input 1  
Notes: Pull-up required for SPI_MISO if  
SPI master boot is used.  
PB_02  
PB_03  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0 Data 5 | SPT1 Channel B Data  
0 | SPI0 Master Out, Slave In | SMC0 Data  
5
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 4 | SPT1 Channel B Data  
1 | SPI0 Data 2 | SMC0 Data 4  
Notes: No notes.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 43 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: PPI0Data3|SPT0Channel BClock  
| SPI0 Slave Select Output 4 | SMC0 Data  
3 | TM0 Alternate Clock 6  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 2 | SPT0 Channel B Data  
0 | SPI0 Slave Select Output 5 | SMC0  
Data 2  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 1 | SPT0 Channel B  
Frame Sync | SPI0 Slave Select Output 6  
| SMC0 Data 1 | TM0 Clock  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
Desc: PPI0 Data 0 | SPT0 Channel B Data  
1 | SPI0 Data 3 | SMC0 Data 0 | SYS Power  
Saving Mode Wakeup 0  
Notes: If hibernate mode is used, one of  
the following must be true during  
hibernate. Either this pin must be  
actively driven by another IC, or it must  
have a pull-up or pull-down.  
PB_08  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: UART0 Transmit | PPI0 Data 16 |  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 2 | SMC0 Data  
8 | SYS Power Saving Mode Wakeup 1  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used. If hibernate mode is  
used, one of the following must be true  
during hibernate. Either this pin must  
be actively driven by another IC, or it  
must have a pull-up or pull-down.  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: UART0 Receive | PPI0 Data 17 |  
SPI2 Slave Select Output 3 | SMC0 Data  
9 | TM0 Alternate Capture Input 3  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
Desc: SPI2 Clock | TRACE0 Trace Clock |  
SMC0 Data 10 | TM0 Alternate Clock 4  
Notes: SPI clock requires a pull-down  
when controlling most SPI flash  
devices.  
Desc: SPI2 Master In, Slave Out | TRACE0  
Trace Data 4 | SMC0 Data 11  
Notes: Pull-up required for SPI_MISO if  
SPI master boot is used.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 44 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
PB_12  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI2 Master Out, Slave In | TRACE0  
Trace Data 3 | SMC0 Data 12 | SYS Power  
Saving Mode Wakeup 2  
Notes: If hibernate mode is used, one of  
the following must be true during  
hibernate. Either this pin must be  
actively driven by another IC, or it must  
have a pull-up or pull-down.  
PB_13  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI2 Data 2 | UART1 Request to  
Send | TRACE0 Trace Data 2 | SMC0 Data  
13  
Notes: No notes.  
PB_14  
PB_15  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPI2 Data 3 | UART1 Clear to Send  
| TRACE0 Trace Data 1 | SMC0 Data 14  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SPI2 Slave Select Output 1 |  
TRACE0 Trace Data 0 | SMC0 Data 15 |  
SPI2 Slave Select Input  
Notes: SPI slave select outputs require a  
pull-up when used.  
PC_00  
PC_01  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: UART1 Transmit | SPT0 Channel A  
Data 1 | PPI0 Data 15  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: UART1 Receive | SPT0 Channel B  
Data 1 | PPI0 Data 14 | SMC0 Address 9 |  
TM0 Alternate Capture Input 4  
Notes: No notes.  
PC_02  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: UART0 Request to Send | CAN0  
Receive | PPI0 Data 13 | SMC0 Address  
10 | SYS Power Saving Mode Wakeup 3 |  
TM0 Alternate Capture Input 5  
Notes: If hibernate mode is used, one of  
the following must be true during  
hibernate. Either this pin must be  
actively driven by another IC, or it must  
have a pull-up or pull-down.  
PC_03  
PC_04  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: UART0 Clear to Send | CAN0  
Transmit | PPI0 Data 12 | SMC0 Address  
11 | TM0 Alternate Capture Input 0  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SPT0 Channel B Clock | SPI0 Clock  
| MSI0 Data 1 | SMC0 Address 12 | TM0  
Alternate Clock 0  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 45 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
I/O  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPT0 Channel A Frame Sync | TM0  
Timer 3 | MSI0 Command  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
Desc: SPT0 Channel B Data 0 | SPI0  
Master In, Slave Out | MSI0 Data 3  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
Desc: SPT0 Channel B Frame Sync | SPI0  
Master Out, Slave In | MSI0 Data 2 | TM0  
Alternate Capture Input 2  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
PC_08  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPT0 Channel A Data 0 | SPI0 Data  
2 | MSI0 Data 0  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
PC_09  
PC_10  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPT0 Channel A Clock | SPI0 Data  
3 | MSI0 Clock | TM0 Alternate Clock 2  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: SPT1 Channel B Clock | MSI0 Data  
4 | SPI1 Slave Select Output 3 | TM0  
Alternate Clock 1  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details. SPI slave select outputs require  
a pull-up when used.  
PC_11  
PC_12  
I/O  
I/O  
A
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPT1 Channel B Frame Sync | MSI0  
Data 5 | SPI0 Slave Select Output 3  
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details. SPI slave select outputs require  
a pull-up when used.  
Desc: SPT1 Channel B Data 0 | MSI0 Data  
6
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 46 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
PC_13  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SPT1 Channel B Data 1 | MSI0 Data  
7
Notes: An external pull-up may be  
required for MSI modes, see the MSI  
chapter in the hardware reference for  
details.  
PC_14  
I/O  
a
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_RTC  
Desc: SPT1 Channel B Transmit Data  
Valid | MSI0 eSDIO Interrupt Input  
Notes: No notes.  
RTC0_CLKIN  
na  
Desc: RTC0 Crystal input / external oscil-  
lator connection  
Notes: If RTC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
RTC0_XTAL  
a
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_RTC  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: RTC0 Crystal output  
Notes: No notes.  
SYS_BMODE0 I/O  
Desc: SYS Boot Mode Control 0  
Notes: A pull-down is required for  
setting to 0 and a pull-up is required for  
setting to 1.  
SYS_BMODE1 I/O  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS Boot Mode Control 1  
Notes: A pull-down is required for  
setting to 0 and a pull-up is required for  
setting to 1.  
SYS_CLKIN  
a
na  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS Clock/Crystal Input  
Notes: No notes.  
SYS_CLKOUT  
I/O  
Desc: SYS Processor Clock Output  
Notes: During reset, SYS_CLKOUT  
drives out SYS_CLKIN Frequency.  
SYS_EXTWAKE I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
H
none  
none  
none  
L
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS External Wake Control  
Notes: Drives low during hibernate and  
high all other times including reset.  
SYS_FAULT  
I/O  
I/O  
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: SYS Complementary Fault Output  
Notes: Open drain, requires an external  
pull-up resistor.  
SYS_HWRST  
na  
Desc: SYS Processor Hardware Reset  
Control  
Notes: Active during reset, must be  
externally driven.  
SYS_NMI  
I/O  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS Non-maskable Interrupt  
Notes: Requires an external pull-up  
resistor.  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_XTAL  
I/O  
a
A
none  
none  
none  
none  
L
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: SYS Reset Output  
Notes: Active during reset.  
na  
none  
Desc: SYS Crystal Output  
Notes: Leave unconnected if an oscil-  
lator is used to provide SYS_CLKIN.  
Active during reset. State during  
hibernate is controlled by DPM_HIB_  
DIS.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 47 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
TWI0_SCL  
I/O  
D
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: TWI0 Serial Clock  
Notes: Open drain, requires external  
pull up. Consult version 2.1 of the I2C  
specification for the proper resistor  
value. If TWI is not used, connect to  
ground.  
TWI0_SDA  
I/O  
D
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_EXT  
Desc: TWI0 Serial Data  
Notes: Open drain, requires external  
pull up. Consult version 2.1 of the I2C  
specification for the proper resistor  
value. If TWI is not used, connect to  
ground.  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
a
na  
F
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 Clock/Crystal Input  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to  
ground. Active during reset  
I/O  
Desc: USB0 Data –  
Notes: Pull low if not using USB. For  
complete documentation of hibernate  
behavior when USB is used, see the USB  
chapter in the HRM.  
USB0_DP  
USB0_ID  
I/O  
I/O  
F
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 Data +  
Notes: Pull low if not using USB. For  
complete documentation of hibernate  
behavior when USB is used, see the USB  
chapter in the HRM.  
na  
Desc: USB0 OTG ID  
Notes: If USB is not used connect to  
ground. When USB is being used, the  
internal pull-up that is present during  
hibernate is programmable. See the  
USB chapter in the HRM. Active during  
reset.  
USB0_VBC  
I/O  
I/O  
E
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
VDD_USB  
Desc: USB0 VBUS Control  
Notes: If USB is not, used pull low.  
USB0_VBUS  
G
Desc: USB0 Bus Voltage  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to  
ground.  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_DMC  
a
s
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
VDD_USB  
na  
Desc: USB0 Crystal  
Notes: No notes.  
Desc: VDD for DMC  
Notes: If the DMC is not used, connect  
to VDD_INT.  
VDD_EXT  
s
s
na  
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
na  
Desc: External VDD  
Notes: Must be powered.  
VDD_HADC  
Desc: VDD for HADC  
Notes: If HADC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_INT  
s
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
Desc: Internal VDD  
Notes: Must be powered.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 48 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 15. ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference (Continued)  
Driver  
Type  
Int   
Term  
Reset  
Term  
Reset  
Drive  
Hiber  
Term  
Hiber  
Drive  
Power  
Domain  
Description  
and Notes  
Signal Name Type  
VDD_OTP  
s
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
na  
Desc: VDD for OTP  
Notes: Must be powered.  
VDD_RTC  
s
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Desc: VDD for RTC  
Notes: If RTC is not used, connect to  
ground.  
VDD_USB  
s
na  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
na  
Desc: VDD for USB  
Notes: If USB is not used, connect to  
VDD_EXT.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 49 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SPECIFICATIONS  
For information about product specifications, contact your Analog Devices, Inc. representative.  
OPERATING CONDITIONS  
Parameter  
Test Conditions/Comments Min  
Nominal  
1.100  
1.8  
Max  
1.155  
1.9  
Unit  
V
VDD_INT  
Internal Supply Voltage  
External Supply Voltage  
External Supply Voltage  
DDR2/LPDDR Supply Voltage  
USB Supply Voltage  
CCLK ≤ 400 MHz  
1.045  
1.7  
1
VDD_EXT  
V
1
VDD_EXT  
3.13  
1.7  
3.30  
3.47  
1.9  
V
VDD_DMC  
1.8  
V
2
VDD_USB  
3.13  
2.00  
3.13  
3.30  
3.47  
3.47  
3.47  
V
VDD_RTC  
Real-Time Clock Supply Voltage  
3.30  
V
VDD_HADC  
Housekeeping ADC Supply  
Voltage  
3.30  
V
1
VDD_OTP  
OTP Supply Voltage  
For Reads  
2.25  
3.30  
3.47  
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
°C  
°C  
°C  
For Writes  
3.13  
3.30  
3.47  
VDDR_VREF  
DDR2 Reference Voltage  
HADC Reference Voltage  
High Level Input Voltage  
High Level Input Voltage  
High Level Input Voltage  
0.49 × VDD_DMC  
2.5  
0.50 × VDD_DMC  
3.30  
0.51 × VDD_DMC  
VDD_HADC  
3
VHADC_REF  
4
VIH  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V  
2.0  
4
VIH  
VDD_EXT = 1.9 V  
0.7 × VDD_EXT  
0.7 × VVBUSTWI  
VDDR_REF + 0.25  
0.8 × VDD_DMC  
0.50  
5, 6  
VIHTWI  
VDD_EXT = maximum  
VDD_DMC = 1.9 V  
VVBUSTWI  
7
VIH_DDR2  
8
VIH_LPDDR  
VDD_DMC = 1.9 V  
9
VID_DDR2  
Differential Input Voltage  
Differential Input Voltage  
Low Level Input Voltage  
Low Level Input Voltage  
Low Level Input Voltage  
VIX = 1.075 V  
9
VID_DDR2  
VIX = 0.725 V  
0.55  
4
VIL  
VDD_EXT = 3.13 V  
0.8  
4
VIL  
VDD_EXT = 1.7 V  
0.3 × VDD_EXT  
0.3 × VVBUSTWI  
VDDR_REF – 0.25  
0.2 × VDD_DMC  
105  
5, 6  
VILTWI  
VDD_EXT = minimum  
VDD_DMC = 1.7 V  
7
VIL_DDR2  
8
VIL_LPDDR  
VDD_DMC = 1.7 V  
TJ  
TJ  
TJ  
Junction Temperature  
Junction Temperature  
Junction Temperature  
TAMBIENT = 0°C to +70°C  
TAMBIENT = –40°C to +85°C  
TAMBIENT = –40°C to +105°C  
0
–40  
–40  
+105  
+125  
1 Must remain powered (even if the associated function is not used).  
2 If not used, connect to 1.8 V or 3.3 V.  
3 VHADC_VREF should always be less than VDD_HADC  
.
4 Parameter value applies to all input and bidirectional signals except RTC signals, TWI signals, DMC0 signals, and USB0 signals.  
5 Parameter applies to TWI signals.  
6 TWI signals are pulled up to VBUSTWI. See Table 16.  
7 Parameter applies to DMC0 signals in DDR2 mode.  
8 Parameter applies to DMC0 signals in LPDDR mode.  
9 Parameter applies to signals DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS when used in DDR2 differential input mode.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 50 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 16. TWI_VSEL Selections and VDD_EXT/VBUSTWI  
TWI_DT Setting  
TWI0001  
VDD_EXT Nominal  
VBUSTWI Min  
3.13  
VBUSTWI Nominal  
VBUSTWI Max  
3.47  
Unit  
3.30  
1.80  
1.80  
3.30  
3.30  
1.80  
3.30  
5.00  
V
V
V
V
TWI001  
1.70  
1.90  
TWI011  
3.13  
3.47  
TWI100  
4.75  
5.25  
1 Designs must comply with the VDD_EXT and VBUSTWI voltages specified for the default TWI_DT setting for correct JTAG boundary scan operation during reset.  
Clock Related Operating Conditions  
Table 17 and Table 18 describe the core clock, system clock, and peripheral clock timing requirements. The data presented in the tables  
applies to all speed grades (found in the Ordering Guide) except where expressly noted. Figure 6 provides a graphical representation of the  
various clocks and their available divider values.  
Table 17. Core and System Clock Operating Conditions  
Parameter  
Ratio Restriction  
fCCLK ≥ fSYSCLK  
PLLCLK Restriction  
PLLCLK = 800  
Min  
Max  
400  
Unit  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
fCCLK  
fCCLK  
fCCLK  
fCCLK  
Core Clock Frequency  
Core Clock Frequency  
Core Clock Frequency  
Core Clock Frequency  
fCCLK ≥ fSYSCLK  
600 ≤ PLLCLK < 800  
380 ≤ PLLCLK < 600  
230.2 ≤ PLLCLK < 380  
PLLCLK = 800  
390  
fCCLK ≥ fSYSCLK  
380  
fCCLK ≥ fSYSCLK  
PLLCLK  
200  
fSYSCLK SYSCLK Frequency1  
fSYSCLK SYSCLK Frequency1  
fSYSCLK SYSCLK Frequency1  
fSYSCLK SYSCLK Frequency1  
60  
60  
60  
60  
30  
600 ≤ PLLCLK < 800  
380 ≤ PLLCLK < 600  
230.2 ≤ PLLCLK < 380  
195  
190  
PLLCLK ÷ 2 MHz  
fSCLK0  
fSCLK1  
fDCLK  
fDCLK  
SCLK0 Frequency1  
fSYSCLK ≥ fSCLK0  
fSYSCLK ≥ fSCLK1  
fSYSCLK ≥ fDCLK  
fSYSCLK ≥ fDCLK  
100  
200  
200  
200  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
SCLK1 Frequency  
DDR2 Clock Frequency  
125  
10  
LPDDR Clock Frequency  
1 The minimum frequency for SYSCLK and SCLK0 applies only when the USB is used.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 51 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 18. Peripheral Clock Operating Conditions  
Parameter  
fOCLK  
Restriction  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
MHz  
%
Output Clock Frequency  
SYS_CLKOUT Period Jitter1, 2  
50  
fSYS_CLKOUTJ  
fPCLKPROG  
fPCLKPROG  
fPCLKEXT  
2
Programmed PPI Clock When Transmitting Data and Frame Sync  
Programmed PPI Clock When Receiving Data or Frame Sync  
External PPI Clock When Receiving Data and Frame Sync3, 4  
External PPI Clock Transmitting Data or Frame Sync3, 4  
Programmed SPT Clock When Transmitting Data and Frame Sync  
Programmed SPT Clock When Receiving Data or Frame Sync  
External SPT Clock When Receiving Data and Frame Sync3, 4  
External SPT Clock Transmitting Data or Frame Sync3, 4  
Programmed SPI Clock When Transmitting Data  
Programmed SPI Clock When Receiving Data  
External SPI Clock When Receiving Data3, 4  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
50  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
fPCLKEXT ≤ fSCLK0  
fPCLKEXT ≤ fSCLK0  
fPCLKEXT  
fSPTCLKPROG  
fSPTCLKPROG  
fSPTCLKEXT  
fSPTCLKEXT  
fSPICLKPROG  
fSPICLKPROG  
fSPICLKEXT  
fSPICLKEXT  
fMSICLKPROG  
fSPTCLKEXT ≤ fSCLK0  
fSPTCLKEXT ≤ fSCLK0  
fSPICLKEXT ≤ fSCLK0  
fSPICLKEXT ≤ fSCLK0  
External SPI Clock When Transmitting Data3, 4  
Programmed MSI Clock  
1 SYS_CLKOUT jitter is dependent on the application system design including pin switching activity, board layout, and the jitter characteristics of the SYS_CLKIN source. Due  
to the dependency on these factors the measured jitter may be higher or lower than this typical specification for each end application.  
2 The value in the Typ field is the percentage of the SYS_CLKOUT period.  
3 The maximum achievable frequency for any peripheral in external clock mode is dependent on being able to meet the setup and hold times in the ac timing specifications  
section for that peripheral. Pay particular attention to setup and hold times for VDD_EXT = 1.8 V which may preclude the maximum frequency listed here.  
4 The peripheral external clock frequency must also be less than or equal to the fSCLK that clocks the peripheral.  
CSEL  
CCLK  
(1-32)  
SCLK0  
S0SEL  
(1 8)  
(ALL OTHER PERIPHERALS)  
-
SYSCLK  
SYSSEL  
(1 32)  
-
SYS_CLKIN  
PLLCLK  
PLL  
SCLK1  
S1SEL  
(1 8)  
(MDMA1, MDMA2, CRYPTOGRAPHIC ACCELERATORS)  
-
DSEL  
(1 32)  
DCLK  
-
OSEL  
(1 128)  
OCLK  
-
Figure 6. Clock Relationships and Divider Values  
Table 19. Phase-Locked Loop Operating Conditions  
Parameter  
fPLLCLK  
CGU_CTL.MSEL1  
Min  
230.2  
8
Max  
800  
41  
Unit  
MHz  
PLL Clock Frequency  
PLL Multiplier  
1 The CGU_CTL.MSEL setting must also be chosen to ensure that the fPLLCLK specification is not violated.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 52 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Parameter  
Test Conditions/Comments  
VDD_EXT = 1 . 7 V, I OH = –1.0 mA  
VDD_EXT = 3 . 13 V, IOH = –2.0 mA  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
1
VOH  
VOH  
High Level Output Voltage  
High Level Output Voltage  
0.8 × VDD_EXT  
0.9 × VDD_EXT  
VDD_DMC – 0.320  
V
V
V
1
2
2
2
2
VOH_DDR2  
VOH_DDR2  
VOH_DDR2  
VOH_DDR2  
High Level Output Voltage, DDR2, VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –7.1 mA  
Programmed Impedance = 34 Ω  
High Level Output Voltage, DDR2, VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –5.8 mA  
Programmed Impedance = 40 Ω  
High Level Output Voltage, DDR2, VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –4.1 mA  
Programmed Impedance = 50 Ω  
High Level Output Voltage, DDR2, VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –3.4 mA  
Programmed Impedance = 60 Ω  
VDD_DMC – 0.320  
VDD_DMC – 0.320  
VDD_DMC – 0.320  
VDD_DMC – 0.320  
V
V
V
2
VOH_LPDDR  
High Level Output Voltage, LPDDR VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOH = –2.0 mA  
V
V
V
V
3
VOL  
VOL  
Low Level Output Voltage  
Low Level Output Voltage  
Low Level Output Voltage, DDR2,  
Programmed Impedance = 34 Ω  
Low Level Output Voltage, DDR2,  
Programmed Impedance = 40 Ω  
Low Level Output Voltage, DDR2,  
Programmed Impedance = 50 Ω  
VDD_EXT = 1 . 7 V, I OL = 1.0 mA  
VDD_EXT = 3.13 V, IOL = 2.0 mA  
VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 7.1 mA  
0.400  
0.400  
0.320  
3
2
VOL_DDR2  
2
VOL_DDR2  
VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 5.8 mA  
VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 4.1 mA  
VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 3.4 mA  
0.320  
0.320  
0.320  
V
V
V
2
VOL_DDR2  
2
VOL_DDR2  
Low Level Output Voltage, DDR2,  
Programmed Impedance = 60 Ω  
2
VOL_LPDDR  
IIH  
Low Level Output Voltage, LPDDR VDD_DMC = 1.70 V, IOL = 2.0 mA  
0.320  
10  
V
μA  
4
High Level Input Current  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,  
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
5
IIH_DMC0_VREF  
High Level Input Current  
1
μA  
μA  
kꢀ  
μA  
μA  
μA  
kꢀ  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
μA  
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
High Level Input Current with Pull- VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
6
IIH_PD  
100  
130  
10  
down Resistor  
Internal Pull-down Resistance  
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
6
RPD  
57  
53  
7
IIL  
Low Level Input Current  
Low Level Input Current  
5
IIL_DMC0_VREF  
1
8
IIL_PU  
Low Level Input Current with Pull-up VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
100  
129  
10  
Resistor  
Internal Pull-up Resistance  
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 1.9 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 0 V  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
8
RPU  
9
IIH_USB0  
High Level Input Current  
9
IIL_USB0  
Low Level Input Current  
10  
10  
IOZH  
Three-State Leakage Current  
Three-State Leakage Current  
Three-State Leakage Current  
Three-State Leakage Current  
10  
11  
IOZH  
10  
12  
IOZL  
10  
13  
IOZH_PD  
100  
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 3.47 V  
Rev. A  
|
Page 53 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Parameter  
IOZH_TWI  
Test Conditions/Comments  
VDD_EXT = 3.47 V, VDD_DMC = 1.9 V,   
Min  
Typ  
Max  
10  
Unit  
μA  
14  
Three-State Leakage Current  
VDD_USB = 3.47 V, VIN = 5.5 V  
ADSP-BF701/703/705/707 Input Capacitance  
CIN (GPIO)15  
Input Capacitance  
Input Capacitance  
Input Capacitance  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
5.2  
6.9  
6.1  
6.0  
7.4  
6.9  
pF  
pF  
pF  
14  
CIN_TWI  
16  
CIN_DDR  
ADSP-BF700/702/704/706 Input Capacitance  
CIN (GPIO)15  
Input Capacitance  
Input Capacitance  
VDD_INT Current in Deep Sleep Mode Clocks disabled  
TJ = 25°C  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
TAMBIENT = 25°C  
5.0  
6.8  
1.4  
5.3  
7.4  
pF  
pF  
mA  
14  
CIN_TWI  
IDD_DEEPSLEEP  
17, 18  
18  
IDD_IDLE  
VDD_INT Current in Idle  
VDD_INT Current  
VDD_INT Current  
VDD_INT Current  
VDD_INT Current  
fPLLCLK = 300 MHz  
CCLK = 100 MHz  
ASF = 0.05 (idle)  
SYSCLK = fSCLK0 = 25 MHz  
13  
90  
66  
49  
30  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
f
f
USBCLK = DCLK = OUTCLK =   
SCLK1 = DISABLED  
Peripherals disabled  
TJ = 25°C  
18  
IDD_TYP  
fPLLCLK = 800 MHz  
f
CCLK = 400 MHz  
ASF = 1.0 (full-on typical)  
SYSCLK = fSCLK0 = 25 MHz  
f
USBCLK = DCLK = OUTCLK =   
SCLK1 = DISABLED  
Peripherals disabled  
TJ = 25°C  
18  
IDD_TYP  
fPLLCLK = 300 MHz  
f
CCLK = 300 MHz  
ASF = 1.0 (full-on typical)  
SYSCLK = fSCLK0 = 25 MHz  
f
USBCLK = DCLK = OUTCLK =   
SCLK1 = DISABLED  
Peripherals disabled  
TJ = 25°C  
18  
IDD_TYP  
fPLLCLK = 400 MHz  
f
CCLK = 200 MHz  
ASF = 1.0 (full-on typical)  
SYSCLK = fSCLK0 = 25 MHz  
f
USBCLK = DCLK = OUTCLK =   
SCLK1 = DISABLED  
Peripherals disabled  
TJ = 25°C  
18  
IDD_TYP  
fPLLCLK = 300 MHz  
f
CCLK = 100 MHz  
ASF = 1.0 (full-on typical)  
SYSCLK = fSCLK0 = 25 MHz  
f
USBCLK = DCLK = OUTCLK =   
SCLK1 = DISABLED  
Peripherals disabled  
TJ = 25°C  
Rev. A  
|
Page 54 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Parameter  
IDD_HIBERNATE  
Test Conditions/Comments  
VDD_INT = 0 V,  
Min  
Typ  
33  
Max  
Unit  
A  
17, 19  
Hibernate State Current  
V
DD_DMC = 1.8 V,  
V
DD_EXT = VDD_HADC = VDD_OTP =   
VDD_RTC = VDD_USB = 3.3 V,  
TJ = 25°C,  
f
CLKIN = 0  
17, 19  
IDD_HIBERNATE  
Hibernate State Current  
Without USB  
VDD_INT = 0 V,  
V
V
15  
A  
DD_DMC = 1.8 V,  
DD_EXT = VDD_HADC = VDD_OTP =   
VDD_RTC = VDD_USB = 3.3 V,  
TJ = 25°C,  
f
CLKIN = 0,  
USB protection disabled   
(USB_PHY_CTLDIS = 1)  
VDD_INT within operating conditions  
table specifications  
18  
IDD_INT  
VDD_INT Current  
IDD_RTC Current  
See IDDINT_TOT mA  
equation on  
on Page 56  
IDD_RTC  
VDD_RTC = 3.3 V, TJ = 125°C  
10  
A  
1 Applies to all output and bidirectional signals except DMC0 signals, TWI signals, and USB0 signals.  
2 Applies to DMC0_Axx, DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_CK, DMC0_CK, DMC0_CS, DMC0_DQxx, DMC0_LDM, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS,  
DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_UDM, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, and DMC0_WE signals.  
3 Applies to all output and bidirectional signals except DMC0 signals and USB0 signals.  
4 Applies to SMC0_ARDY, SYS_BMODEx, SYS_CLKIN, SYS_HWRST, JTG_TDI, and JTG_TMS_SWDIO signals.  
5 Applies to DMC0_VREF signal.  
6 Applies to JTG_TCK_SWCLK and JTG_TRST signals.  
7 Applies to SMC0_ARDY, SYS_BMODEx, SYS_CLKIN, SYS_HWRST, JTG_TCK, and JTG_TRST signals.  
8 Applies to JTG_TDI, JTG_TMS_SWDIO, PA_xx, PB_xx, and PC_xx signals when internal GPIO pull-ups are enabled. For information on when internal pull-ups are enabled  
for GPIOs. See ADSP-BF70x Designer Quick Reference on Page 38.  
9 Applies to USB0_CLKIN signal.  
10Applies to PA_xx, PB_xx, PC_xx, SMC0_AMS0, SMC0_ARE, SMC0_AWE, SMC0_A0E, SMC0_Axx, SMC0_Dxx, SYS_FAULT, JTG_TDO_SWO, USB0_DM, USB0_DP,  
USB0_ID, and USB0_VBC signals.  
11 Applies to DMC0_Axx, DMC0_BAxx, DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CS0, DMC0_DQxx, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_LDM, DMC0_  
UDM, DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, and DMC0_WE signals.  
12Applies to PA_xx, PB_xx, PC_xx, SMC0_A0E, SMC0_Axx, SMC0_Dxx, SYS_FAULT, JTG_TDO_SWO, USB0_DM, USB0_DP, USB0_ID, USB0_VBC, USB0_VBUS,   
DMC0_Axx, DMC0_BAx, DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CS0, DMC0_DQxx, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_LDM,   
DMC0_UDM, DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_WE, and TWI signals.  
13Applies to USB0_VBUS signals.  
14Applies to all TWI signals.  
15Applies to all signals, except DMC0 and TWI signals.  
16Applies to all DMC0 signals.  
17See the ADSP-BF70x Blackfin+ Processor Hardware Reference for definition of deep sleep and hibernate operating modes.  
18Additional information can be found at Total Internal Power Dissipation.  
19Applies to VDD_EXT, VDD_DMC, and VDD_USB supply signals only. Clock inputs are tied high or low.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 55 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Clock Current  
Total Internal Power Dissipation  
The dynamic clock currents provide the total power dissipated  
by all transistors switching in the clock paths. The power dissi-  
pated by each clock domain is dependent on voltage (VDD_INT),  
operating frequency and a unique scaling factor.  
Total power dissipation has two components:  
1. Static, including leakage current (deep sleep)  
2. Dynamic, due to transistor switching characteristics for  
each clock domain  
Many operating conditions can also affect power dissipation,  
including temperature, voltage, operating frequency, and pro-  
cessor activity. The following equation describes the internal  
current consumption.  
I
I
I
I
I
DDINT_PLLCLK_DYN (mA) = 0.012 × fPLLCLK (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
DDINT_SYSCLK_DYN (mA) = 0.120 × fSYSCLK (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
DDINT_SCLK0_DYN (mA) = 0.110 × fSCLK0 (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
DDINT_SCLK1_DYN (mA) = 0.068 × fSCLK1 (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
DDINT_DCLK_DYN (mA) = 0.055 × fDCLK (MHz) × VDD_INT (V)  
I
DDINT_TOT = IDDINT_DEEPSLEEP + IDDINT_CCLK_DYN +  
I
I
I
DDINT_PLLCLK_DYN + IDDINT_SYSCLK_DYN +   
DDINT_SCLK0_DYN + IDDINT_SCLK1_DYN +   
DDINT_DCLK_DYN + IDDINT_DMA_DR_DYN +   
The dynamic component of the USB clock is a unique case. The  
USB clock contributes a near constant current value when used.  
IDDINT_USBCLK_DYN  
Table 20. IDDINT_USBCLK_DYN Current  
IDDINT_DEEPSLEEP is the only item present that is part of the static  
power dissipation component. IDDINT_DEEPSLEEP is specified as a  
function of voltage (VDD_INT) and temperature (see Table 21).  
There are eight different items that contribute to the dynamic  
power dissipation. These components fall into three broad cate-  
gories: application-dependent currents, clock currents, and data  
transmission currents.  
Is USB Enabled?  
Yes – High-Speed Mode  
Yes – Full-Speed Mode  
Yes – Suspend Mode  
No  
IDDINT_USBCLK_DYN (mA)  
13.94  
10.83  
5.2  
0.34  
Application-Dependent Current  
The application-dependent currents include the dynamic cur-  
rent in the core clock domain.  
Core clock (CCLK) use is subject to an activity scaling factor  
(ASF) that represents application code running on the processor  
cores and L1/L2 memories (Table 22). The ASF is combined  
with the CCLK frequency and VDD_INT dependent data in  
Table 23 to calculate this portion.  
Data Transmission Current  
The data transmission current represents the power dissipated  
when transmitting data. This current is expressed in terms of  
data rate. The calculation is performed by adding the data rate  
(MB/s) of each DMA-driven access to peripherals, L1, L2, and  
external memory. This number is then multiplied by a weighted  
data-rate coefficient and VDD_INT  
DDINT_DMADR_DYN (mA) = Weighted DRC × Total Data Rate  
(MB/s) × VDD_INT (V)  
:
I
I
DDINT_CCLK_DYN (mA) = Table 23 × ASF  
A weighted data-rate coefficient is used because different coeffi-  
cients exist depending on the source and destination of the  
transfer. For details on using this equation and calculating the  
weighted DRC, see the related Engineer Zone material. For a  
quick maximum calculation, the weighted DRC can be assumed  
to be 0.0497, which is the coefficient for L1 to L1 transfers.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 56 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 21. Static Current—IDD_DEEPSLEEP (mA)  
Voltage (VDD_INT  
)
TJ (°C)  
–40  
–20  
0
1.045  
0.6  
1.050  
0.6  
1.060  
0.7  
1.070  
0.7  
1.080  
0.7  
1.090  
0.8  
1.100  
0.8  
1.110  
0.8  
1.120  
0.9  
1.130  
0.9  
1.140  
0.9  
1.150  
1.0  
1.155  
1.0  
1.1  
1.1  
1.2  
1.2  
1.2  
1.3  
1.4  
1.4  
1.5  
1.5  
1.6  
1.7  
1.7  
2.0  
2.0  
2.1  
2.2  
2.3  
2.4  
2.5  
2.5  
2.6  
2.7  
2.8  
3.0  
3.0  
25  
4.3  
4.3  
4.5  
4.7  
4.8  
5.0  
5.2  
5.3  
5.5  
5.7  
5.9  
6.1  
6.2  
40  
6.7  
6.8  
7.0  
7.3  
7.5  
7.8  
8.0  
8.3  
8.6  
8.8  
9.1  
9.4  
9.6  
55  
10.3  
15.7  
23.3  
34.2  
38.7  
48.9  
61.5  
10.5  
15.9  
23.6  
34.6  
39.2  
49.5  
62.1  
10.8  
16.4  
24.3  
35.5  
40.2  
50.7  
63.6  
11.2  
16.8  
25.0  
36.5  
41.3  
52.0  
65.1  
11.5  
17.4  
25.7  
37.5  
42.4  
53.4  
66.7  
11.9  
17.9  
26.4  
38.5  
43.5  
54.7  
68.3  
12.3  
18.4  
27.2  
39.5  
44.6  
56.0  
69.9  
12.6  
18.9  
27.9  
40.6  
45.8  
57.5  
71.7  
13.0  
19.5  
28.7  
41.7  
47.0  
59.0  
73.4  
13.4  
20.1  
29.5  
42.8  
48.2  
60.5  
75.2  
13.9  
20.7  
30.4  
43.9  
49.5  
62.0  
77.0  
14.3  
21.3  
31.2  
45.1  
50.8  
63.6  
79.0  
14.5  
21.6  
31.7  
45.7  
51.5  
64.4  
79.9  
70  
85  
100  
105  
115  
125  
Table 22. Activity Scaling Factors (ASF)  
IDDINT Power Vector  
IDD-IDLE1  
ASF  
0.05  
0.05  
0.56  
0.59  
0.78  
0.79  
0.83  
1.00  
1.01  
1.03  
1.39  
1.39  
1.54  
IDD-IDLE2  
IDD-NOP1  
IDD-NOP2  
IDD-APP3  
IDD-APP1  
IDD-APP2  
IDD-TYP1  
IDD-TYP3  
IDD-TYP2  
IDD-HIGH1  
IDD-HIGH3  
IDD-HIGH2  
Table 23. CCLK Dynamic Current per core (mA, with ASF = 1)  
Voltage (VDD_INT  
)
fCCLK (MHz)  
400  
1.045 1.050 1.060 1.070 1.080 1.090 1.100  
1.110  
71.8  
1.120  
72.6  
1.130  
73.4  
1.140  
74.2  
1.150  
74.9  
1.155  
75.4  
66.7  
58.6  
50.2  
42.1  
33.7  
25.4  
17.0  
67.2  
59.0  
50.5  
42.3  
33.9  
25.5  
17.1  
67.9  
59.6  
51.1  
42.8  
34.3  
25.8  
17.3  
68.7  
60.3  
51.7  
43.3  
34.7  
26.1  
17.5  
69.4  
61.0  
52.3  
43.8  
35.1  
26.4  
17.7  
70.2  
61.7  
52.9  
44.3  
35.5  
26.7  
17.9  
71.1  
62.4  
53.5  
44.7  
35.9  
27.0  
18.1  
350  
63.0  
54.1  
45.3  
36.3  
27.3  
18.3  
63.7  
54.7  
45.8  
36.7  
27.6  
18.5  
64.4  
55.3  
46.3  
37.1  
27.9  
18.6  
65.1  
55.9  
46.8  
37.5  
28.2  
18.8  
65.8  
56.4  
47.4  
37.9  
28.5  
19.0  
66.1  
56.8  
47.6  
38.0  
28.8  
19.1  
300  
250  
200  
150  
100  
Rev. A  
|
Page 57 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
HADC  
HADC Electrical Characteristics  
Table 24. HADC Electrical Characteristics  
Parameter Test Conditions  
Typ  
Unit  
IDD_HADC_IDLE Current Consumption on VDD_HADC  
HADC is powered on, but not  
converting.  
.
2.0  
mA  
IDD_HADC_ACTIVE Current Consumption on VDD_HADC 2.5  
during a conversion.  
mA  
μA  
IDD_HADC_  
Current Consumption on VDD_HADC  
Analog circuitry of the HADC is  
powered down  
.
10  
POWERDOWN  
HADC DC Accuracy  
Table 25. HADC DC Accuracy  
Parameter  
Resolution  
Typ  
12  
10  
2
Unit  
Bits  
No Missing Codes (NMC)  
Integral Nonlinearity (INL)  
Differential Nonlinearity (DNL)  
Offset Error  
Bits  
LSB1  
LSB1  
LSB1  
LSB1  
LSB1  
LSB1  
2
8
Offset Error Matching  
Gain Error  
10  
4
Gain Error Matching  
1 LSB = HADC0_VREFP ÷ 4096  
4
HADC Timing Specifications  
Table 26. HADC Timing Specifications  
Parameter  
Typ  
20 × TSAMPLE  
Max  
Unit  
μs  
Conversion Time  
Throughput Range  
TWAKEUP  
1
MSPS  
μs  
100  
Rev. A  
|
Page 58 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 28. Absolute Maximum Ratings (Continued)  
PACKAGE INFORMATION  
The information presented in Figure 7 and Table 27 provides  
details about package branding. For a complete listing of prod-  
uct availability, see the Ordering Guide.  
Parameter  
Rating  
DDR2 Reference Voltage (VDDR_REF  
)
–0.33 V to +1.90 V  
–0.33 V to +3.60 V  
–0.33 V to +5.50 V  
–0.33 V to +5.25 V  
–0.33 V to +6 V  
–0.33 V to +1.90 V  
–0.33 V to VDD_EXT + 0.5 V  
4 mA (max)  
Input Voltage1, 2  
TWI Input Voltage2, 3  
USB0_Dx Input Voltage4  
USB0_VBUS Input Voltage5  
DDR2 Input Voltage5  
a
ADSP-BF70x  
tppZccc  
Output Voltage Swing  
IOH/IOL Current per Signal1  
Storage Temperature Range  
vvvvvv.x n.n  
–65°C to +150°C  
+125°C  
#yyww country_of_origin  
Junction Temperature While Biased  
B
1 Applies to 100% transient duty cycle.  
2 Applies only when VDD_EXT is within specifications. When VDD_EXT is outside  
specifications, the range is VDD_EXT 0.2 V.  
Figure 7. Product Information on Package1  
1 Exact brand may differ, depending on package type.  
3 Applies to balls TWI_SCL and TWI_SDA.  
4 Ifthe USB is not used, connectUSB0_Dx andUSB0_VBUS accordingtoTable 15  
on Page 38.  
5 Applies only when VDD_DMC is within specifications. When VDD_DMC is outside  
specifications, the range is VDD_DMC 0.2 V.  
Table 27. Package Brand Information  
Brand Key  
ADSP-BF70x  
Field Description  
Product model  
ESD SENSITIVITY  
t
Temperature range  
Package type  
pp  
ESD (electrostatic discharge) sensitive device.  
Charged devices and circuit boards can discharge  
without detection. Although this product features  
patented or proprietary protection circuitry, damage  
may occur on devices subjected to high energy ESD.  
Therefore, proper ESD precautions should be taken to  
avoid performance degradation or loss of functionality.  
Z
RoHS compliant designation  
See Ordering Guide  
Assembly lot code  
Silicon revision  
ccc  
vvvvvv.x  
n.n  
yyww  
Date code  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
Stresses at or above those listed in Table 28 may cause perma-  
nent damage to the product. This is a stress rating only;  
functional operation of the product at these or any other condi-  
tions above those indicated in the operational section of this  
specification is not implied. Operation beyond the maximum  
operating conditions for extended periods may affect product  
reliability.  
Table 28. Absolute Maximum Ratings  
Parameter  
Rating  
Internal Supply Voltage (VDD_INT  
)
–0.33 V to +1.20 V  
External (I/O) Supply Voltage (VDD_EXT) –0.33 V to +3.60 V  
DDR2 Controller Supply Voltage   
(VDD_DMC  
USB PHY Supply Voltage (VDD_USB  
Real-Time Clock Supply Voltage   
(VDD_RTC  
Housekeeping ADC Supply Voltage  
(VDD_HADC  
One-Time Programmable Memory  
Supply Voltage (VDD_OTP  
HADC Reference Voltage (VHADC_REF  
–0.33 V to +1.90 V  
)
)
–0.33 V to +3.60 V  
–0.33 V to +3.60 V  
)
–0.33 V to +3.60 V  
–0.33 V to +3.60 V  
–0.33 V to +3.60 V  
)
)
)
Rev. A  
|
Page 59 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS  
Specifications are subject to change without notice.  
Clock and Reset Timing  
Table 29 and Figure 8 describe clock and reset operations related to the clock generation unit (CGU). Per the CCLK, SYSCLK, SCLK0,  
SCLK1, DCLK, and OCLK timing specifications in Table 17 on Page 51 and Table 18 on Page 52, combinations of SYS_CLKIN and clock  
multipliers must not select clock rates in excess of the processor’s maximum instruction rate.  
Table 29. Clock and Reset Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
fCKIN  
fCKIN  
fCKIN  
fCKIN  
tCKINL  
tCKINH  
tWRST  
SYS_CLKIN Crystal Frequency (CGU_CTL.DF = 0)1, 2, 3  
SYS_CLKIN Crystal Frequency (CGU_CTL.DF = 1)1, 2, 3  
SYS_CLKIN External Source Frequency (CGU_CTL.DF = 0)1, 2, 3 19.2  
SYS_CLKIN External Source Frequency (CGU_CTL.DF = 1)1, 2, 3 38.4  
SYS_CLKIN Low Pulse1  
SYS_CLKIN High Pulse1  
19.2  
N/A  
35  
19.2  
38.4  
19.2  
38.4  
8.33  
8.33  
50  
50  
60  
60  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
ns  
N/A  
60  
60  
8.33  
8.33  
ns  
SYS_HWRST Asserted Pulse Width Low4  
11 × tCKIN  
11 × tCKIN  
ns  
1 Applies to PLL bypass mode and PLL nonbypass mode.  
2 The tCKIN period (see Figure 8) equals 1/fCKIN  
.
3 Combinations of the CLKIN frequency and the PLL clock multiplier must not exceed the allowed fPLLCLK setting discussed in Table 19.  
4 Applies after power-up sequence is complete. See Table 30 and Figure 9 for power-up reset timing.  
tCKIN  
SYS_CLKIN  
tCKINL  
tCKINH  
tWRST  
SYS_HWRST  
Figure 8. Clock and Reset Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 60 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Power-Up Reset Timing  
A power-up reset is required to place the processor in a known state after power-up. A power-up reset is initiated by asserting   
SYS_HWRST and JTG_TRST. During power-up reset, all pins are high impedance except for those noted in the ADSP-BF70x Designer  
Quick Reference on Page 38.  
Both JTG_TRST and SYS_HWRST need to be asserted upon power-up, but only SYS_HWRST needs to be released for the device to boot  
properly. JTG_TRST may be asserted indefinitely for normal operation. JTG_TRST only needs to be released when using an emulator to  
connect to the DAP for debug or boundary scan. There is an internal pull-down on JTG_TRST to ensure internal emulation logic will  
always be properly initialized during power-up reset.  
Table 30 and Figure 9 show the relationship between power supply startup and processor reset timing, related to the clock generation unit  
(CGU) and reset control unit (RCU). In Figure 9, VDD_SUPPLIES are VDD_INT, VDD_EXT, VDD_DMC, VDD_USB, VDD_RTC, VDD_OTP, and VDD_HADC  
.
There is no power supply sequencing requirement for the ADSP-BF70x processor. However, if saving power during power-on is import-  
ant, bringing up VDD_INT last is recommended. This avoids a small current drain in the VDD_INT domain during the transition period of I/O  
voltages from 0 V to within the voltage specification.  
Table 30. Power-Up Reset Timing  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tRST_IN_PWR SYS_HWRST and JTG_TRST Deasserted After VDD_INT, VDD_DMC, VDD_USB,   
11 × tCKIN  
ns  
μs  
μs  
VDD_RTC, VDD_OTP, VDD_HADC, and SYS_CLKIN are Stable and Within Specification  
tVDDEXT_RST SYS_HWRST Deasserted After VDD_EXT is Stable and Within Specifications   
10  
1
(No External Pull-Down on JTG_TRST)  
tVDDEXT_RST SYS_HWRST Deasserted After VDD_EXT is Stable and Within Specifications (10k  
External Pull-Down on JTG_TRST)  
SYS_HWRST  
AND  
JTG_TRST  
tRST_IN_PWR  
CLKIN  
V
DD_SUPPLIES  
(EXCEPT V  
)
DD_EXT  
V
DD_EXT  
tVDDEXT_RST  
Figure 9. Power-Up Reset Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 61 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Asynchronous Read  
Table 31 and Figure 10 show asynchronous memory read timing, related to the static memory controller (SMC).  
Table 31. Asynchronous Memory Read (BxMODE = b#00)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSDATARE  
tHDATARE  
tDARDYARE  
DATA in Setup Before  
SMC0_ARE High  
11.8  
0
10.8  
0
ns  
ns  
ns  
DATA in Hold After  
SMC0_ARE High  
SMC0_ARDY Valid After  
SMC0_ARE Low1, 2  
(RAT – 2.5) ×   
tSCLK0 – 17.5  
(RAT – 2.5) ×   
tSCLK0 – 17.5  
Switching Characteristics  
tAMSARE  
SMC0_Ax/SMC0_AMSx (PREST + RST + PREAT)  
(PREST + RST + PREAT)  
× tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
Assertion Before   
× tSCLK0 – 2  
SMC0_ARE Low3  
tDADVARE  
tAOEARE  
tHARE  
SMC0_ARE Low Delay  
From ADV High  
PREAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
PREAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
SMC0_AOE Assertion  
Before SMC0_ARE Low  
(RST + PREAT) ×  
tSCLK0 – 2  
(RST + PREAT) ×  
tSCLK0 – 2  
Output4 Hold After  
RHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
SMC0_ARE High5  
tWARE  
SMC0_ARE Active Low  
Width6  
tDAREARDY  
SMC0_ARE High Delay  
After SMC0_ARDY  
Assertion1  
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5  
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5  
1 SMC0_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 1.  
2 RAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
3 PREST, RST, and PREAT values set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits, SMC_BxTIM.RST bits, and the SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits.  
4 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_AOE, and SMC0_ABEx.  
5 RHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RHT bits.  
6 SMC0_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 62 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SMC0_ARE  
tWARE  
tHARE  
tADDRARE  
SMC0_AMSx  
SMC0_Ax  
tAOEARE  
SMC0_AOE  
tDARDYARE  
tDAREARDY  
SMC0_ARDY  
tSDATARE  
tHDATARE  
SMC0_Dx (DATA)  
Figure 10. Asynchronous Read  
Rev. A  
|
Page 63 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SMC Read Cycle Timing With Reference to SYS_CLKOUT  
The following SMC specifications with respect to SYS_CLKOUT are given to accommodate the connection of the SMC to   
programmable logic devices. These specifications assume that SYS_CLKOUT is outputting a buffered version of SCLK0 by   
setting CGU_CLKOUTSEL.CLKOUTSEL = 0x3. However, SCLK0 must not run faster than the maximum fOCLK specification.   
For this example, RST = 0x2, RAT = 0x4, and RHT = 0x1.  
Table 32. SMC Read Cycle Timing With Reference to SYS_CLKOUT (BxMODE = b#00)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSDAT  
SMC0_Dx Setup Before SYS_CLKOUT  
5.3  
4.3  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHDAT  
tSARDY  
tHARDY  
SMC0_Dx Hold After SYS_CLKOUT  
SMC0_ARDY Setup Before SYS_CLKOUT  
SMC0_ARDY Hold After SYS_CLKOUT  
1.5  
1.5  
16.6  
0.7  
14.4  
0.7  
Switching Characteristics  
tDO  
Output Delay After SYS_CLKOUT1  
Output Hold After SYS_CLKOUT 1  
7
7
ns  
ns  
tHO  
–2.5  
–2.5  
1 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_AOE, and SMC0_ABEx.  
SETUP  
PROGRAMMED READ  
ACCESS 4 CYCLES  
ACCESS EXTENDED  
3 CYCLES  
HOLD  
2 CYCLES  
1 CYCLE  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SMC0_AMSx  
tDO  
tHO  
SMC0_ABEx  
SMC0_Ax  
SMC0_AOE  
SMC0_ARE  
SMC0_ARDY  
tDO  
tHO  
tSARDY  
tHARDY  
tSARDY  
tHARDY  
tSDAT  
tHDAT  
DATA 15–0  
Figure 11. Asynchronous Memory Read Cycle Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 64 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Asynchronous Flash Read  
Table 33 and Figure 12 show asynchronous flash memory read timing, related to the static memory controller (SMC).  
Table 33. Asynchronous Flash Read  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tAMSADV  
SMC0_Ax (Address)/SMC0_AMSx Assertion Before SMC0_NORDV  
PREST × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
Low1  
tWADV  
SMC0_NORDV Active Low Width2  
SMC0_ARE Low Delay From SMC0_NORDV High3  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_ARE High5  
SMC0_ARE Active Low Width7  
RST × tSCLK0 – 2  
PREAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
RAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tDADVARE  
tHARE  
6
tWARE  
1 PREST value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits.  
2 RST value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RST bits.  
3 PREAT value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits.  
4 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMS, SMC0_AOE.  
5 RHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RHT bits.  
6 SMC0_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
7 RAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
SMC0_Ax  
SMC0_AMSx  
(NOR_CE)  
tAMSADV  
tWADV  
SMC0_NORDV  
tWARE  
tHARE  
tDADVARE  
SMC0_ARE  
(NOR_OE)  
SMC0_Dx  
(DATA)  
READ LATCHED  
DATA  
Figure 12. Asynchronous Flash Read  
Rev. A  
|
Page 65 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Asynchronous Page Mode Read  
Table 34 and Figure 13 show asynchronous memory page mode read timing, related to the static memory controller (SMC).  
Table 34. Asynchronous Page Mode Read  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V /3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tAV  
SMC0_Ax (Address) Valid for First Address Min Width1 (PREST + RST + PREAT + RAT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
tAV1  
SMC0_Ax (Address) Valid for Subsequent SMC0_Ax  
(Address) Min Width  
PGWS × tSCLK0 – 2  
tWADV  
tHARE  
SMC0_NORDV Active Low Width2  
Output3 Hold After SMC0_ARE High4  
SMC0_ARE Active Low Width6  
RST × tSCLK0 – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
RHT × tSCLK0 – 2  
5
tWARE  
(RAT + (Nw – 1) × PGWS) × tSCLK0 – 2  
1 PREST, RST, PREAT and RAT values set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits, SMC_BxTIM.RST bits, SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits, and the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
2 RST value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RST bits.  
3 Output signals are SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_AOE.  
4 RHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RHT bits.  
5 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
6 RAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
READ  
LATCHED  
DATA  
tAV  
A0  
tAV1  
tAV1  
tAV1  
SMC0_Ax  
(ADDRESS)  
A0 + 1  
A0 + 2  
A0 + 3  
SMC0_AMSx  
(NOR_CE)  
SMC0_AOE  
NOR_ADV  
tWADV  
SMC0_ARE  
(NOR_OE)  
tWARE  
tHARE  
SMC0_Dx  
(DATA)  
D0  
D1  
D2  
D3  
Figure 13. Asynchronous Page Mode Read  
Rev. A  
|
Page 66 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Asynchronous Write  
Table 35 and Figure 14 show asynchronous memory write timing, related to the static memory controller (SMC).  
Table 35. Asynchronous Memory Write (BxMODE = b#00)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
1
tDARDYAWE  
SMC0_ARDY Valid After   
SMC0_AWE Low2  
Switching Characteristics  
tENDAT DATA Enable After SMC0_AMSx  
(WAT – 2.5) ×  
tSCLK0 – 17.5  
(WAT – 2.5) ×  
tSCLK0 – 17.5  
ns  
–3  
–2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Assertion  
tDDAT  
tAMSAWE  
DATA Disable After SMC0_AMSx  
Deassertion  
4.5  
4
SMC0_Ax/SMC0_AMSx Assertion  
(PREST + WST +  
PREAT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
(PREST + WST +  
PREAT) × tSCLK0 – 4  
Before SMC0_AWE Low3  
tHAWE  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_AWE High5 WHT × tSCLK0  
WHT × tSCLK0  
ns  
ns  
6
tWAWE  
SMC0_AWE Active Low Width6  
WAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
WAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
1
tDAWEARDY  
SMC0_AWE High Delay After   
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5  
3.5 × tSCLK0 + 17.5 ns  
SMC0_ARDY Assertion  
1 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 1.  
2 WAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WAT bits.  
3 PREST, WST, PREAT values set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits, SMC_BxTIM.WST bits, SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits, and the SMC_BxTIM.RAT bits.  
4 Output signals are DATA, SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_ABEx.  
5 WHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WHT bits.  
6 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_ABEx  
SMC0_Ax  
tAMSAWE  
tWAWE  
tHAWE  
SMC0_ARDY  
tDARDYAWE  
tDAWEARDY  
SMC0_AMSx  
SMC0_Dx (DATA)  
tDDAT  
tENDAT  
Figure 14. Asynchronous Write  
Rev. A  
|
Page 67 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SMC Write Cycle Timing With Reference to SYS_CLKOUT  
The following SMC specifications with respect to SYS_CLKOUT are given to accommodate the connection of the SMC to   
programmable logic devices. These specifications assume that SYS_CLKOUT is outputting a buffered version of SCLK0 by   
setting CGU_CLKOUTSEL.CLKOUTSEL = 0x3. However, SCLK0 must not run faster than the maximum fOCLK specification.   
For this example WST = 0x2, WAT = 0x2, and WHT = 0x1.  
Table 36. SMC Write Cycle Timing With Reference to SYS_CLKOUT (BxMODE = b#00)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSARDY  
tHARDY  
Switching Characteristics  
SMC0_ARDY Setup Before SYS_CLKOUT  
14.4  
0.7  
ns  
ns  
SMC0_ARDY Hold After SYS_CLKOUT  
tDDAT  
tENDAT  
tDO  
SMC0_Dx Disable After SYS_CLKOUT  
7
7
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
SMC0_Dx Enable After SYS_CLKOUT  
Output Delay After SYS_CLKOUT1  
Output Hold After SYS_CLKOUT 1  
–2.5  
–2.5  
tHO  
1 Output pins/balls include SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_ABEx, SMC0_Ax, SMC0_Dx, SMC0_AOE, and SMC0_AWE.  
PROGRAMMED  
WRITE  
ACCESS  
2 CYCLES  
ACCESS  
EXTEND HOLD  
1 CYCLE 1 CYCLE  
SETUP  
2 CYCLES  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SMC0_AMSx  
tDO  
tHO  
SMC0_ABEx  
SMC0_Ax  
tDO  
tHO  
SMC0_AWE  
SMC0_ARDY  
SMC0_Dx  
tSARDY  
tHARDY  
tENDAT  
tHARDY  
tDDAT  
tSARDY  
Figure 15. SMC Write Cycle Timing With Reference to SYS_CLKOUT Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 68 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Asynchronous Flash Write  
Table 37 and Figure 16 show asynchronous flash memory write timing, related to the static memory controller (SMC).  
Table 37. Asynchronous Flash Write  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tAMSADV  
tDADVAWE  
tWADV  
SMC0_Ax/SMC0_AMSx Assertion Before ADV Low1  
SMC0_AWE Low Delay From ADV High2  
NR_ADV Active Low Width3  
Output4 Hold After SMC0_AWE High5  
SMC0_AWE Active Low Width7  
PREST × tSCLK0 – 2  
PREAT × tSCLK0 – 4  
WST × tSCLK0 – 2  
WHT × tSCLK0  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHAWE  
6
tWAWE  
WAT × tSCLK0 – 2  
1 PREST value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREST bits.  
2 PREAT value set using the SMC_BxETIM.PREAT bits.  
3 WST value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WST bits.  
4 Output signals are DATA, SMC0_Ax, SMC0_AMSx, SMC0_ABEx.  
5 WHT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WHT bits.  
6 SMC_BxCTL.ARDYEN bit = 0.  
7 WAT value set using the SMC_BxTIM.WAT bits.  
NOR_A x-1  
(SMC0_Ax)  
NR_CE  
(SMC0_AMSx)  
tAMSADV  
tWADV  
NR_ADV  
(SMC0_AOE)  
tWAWE  
tHAWE  
tDADVAWE  
NR_WE  
(SMC0_AWE)  
NR_DQ 15  
-0  
(SMC0_Dx)  
Figure 16. Asynchronous Flash Write  
All Accesses  
Table 38 describes timing that applies to all memory accesses, related to the static memory controller (SMC).  
Table 38. All Accesses  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
ns  
Switching Characteristic  
tTURN  
SMC0_AMSx Inactive Width  
(IT + TT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
(IT + TT) × tSCLK0 – 2  
Rev. A  
|
Page 69 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
DDR2 SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Table 39 and Figure 17 show DDR2 SDRAM clock and control cycle timing, related to the dynamic memory controller (DMC).  
Table 39. DDR2 SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
tIS  
Clock Cycle Time (CL = 2 Not Supported)  
5
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
ps  
ps  
High Clock Pulse Width  
0.45  
0.45  
350  
475  
0.55  
0.55  
Low Clock Pulse Width  
Control/Address Setup Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
Control/Address Hold Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
tIH  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CK  
tIS  
tIH  
ADDRESS  
CONTROL  
NOTE: CONTROL = DMC0_CS0, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_CAS, AND DMC0_WE.  
ADDRESS = DMC0_A00 13, AND DMC0_BA0 2.  
-
-
Figure 17. DDR2 SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 70 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
DDR2 SDRAM Read Cycle Timing  
Table 40 and Figure 18 show DDR2 SDRAM read cycle timing, related to the dynamic memory controller (DMC).  
Table 40. DDR2 SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz1  
Parameter  
Timing Requirements  
tDQSQ  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
DMC0_DQS-DMC0_DQ Skew for DMC0_DQS and Associated DMC0_  
DQ Signals  
0.35  
ns  
tQH  
DMC0_DQ, DMC0_DQS Output Hold Time From DMC0_DQS  
1.8  
0.9  
0.4  
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
tRPRE  
Read Preamble  
tRPST  
Read Postamble  
1 To ensure proper operation of the DDR2, all the DDR2 guidelines have to be strictly followed.  
DMC0_CKx  
DMC0_CKx  
DMC0_Ax  
DMC0 CONTROL  
tRPRE  
DMC0_DQSn  
DMC0_DQSn  
tDQSQ  
tRPST  
tQH  
tDQSQ  
tQH  
DMC0_DQx  
Figure 18. DDR2 SDRAM Controller Input AC Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 71 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
DDR2 SDRAM Write Cycle Timing  
Table 41 and Figure 19 show DDR2 SDRAM write cycle timing, related to the dynamic memory controller (DMC).  
Table 41. DDR2 SDRAM Write Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz1  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
2
tDQSS  
tDS  
DMC0_DQS Latching Rising Transitions to Associated Clock Edges  
–0.25  
0.15  
0.275  
0.2  
+0.25  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
Last Data Valid to DMC0_DQS Delay  
DMC0_DQS to First Data Invalid Delay  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge to Clock Setup Time  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge Hold Time From DMC0_CK  
DMC0_DQS Output High Pulse Width  
DMC0_DQS Output Low Pulse Width  
Write Preamble  
tDH  
tDSS  
tDSH  
tDQSH  
tDQSL  
tWPRE  
tWPST  
tIPW  
0.2  
0.35  
0.35  
0.35  
0.4  
Write Postamble  
Address and Control Output Pulse Width  
0.6  
tDIPW  
DMC0_DQ and DMC0_DM Output Pulse Width  
0.35  
1 To ensure proper operation of the DDR2, all the DDR2 guidelines have to be strictly followed.  
2 Write command to first DMC0_DQS delay = WL × tCK + tDQSS  
.
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CK  
tIPW  
DMC0_Ax  
DMC0 CONTROL  
tDSH  
tDSS  
tDQSS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
tWPRE  
tDQSL  
tDQSH  
tWPST  
tDS  
tDH  
tDIPW  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_DQx  
Figure 19. DDR2 SDRAM Controller Output AC Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 72 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Mobile DDR SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Table 42 and Figure 20 show mobile DDR SDRAM clock and control cycle timing, related to the dynamic memory controller (DMC).  
Table 42. Mobile DDR SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
tIS  
Clock Cycle Time (CL = 2 Not Supported)  
5
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
Minimum Clock Pulse Width  
0.45  
0.45  
1.5  
1.5  
0.55  
0.55  
Maximum Clock Pulse Width  
Control/Address Setup Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
Control/Address Hold Relative to DMC0_CK Rise  
tIH  
tCK  
tCH  
tCL  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CK  
tIS  
tIH  
ADDRESS  
CONTROL  
NOTE: CONTROL = DMC0_CS0, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_CAS, AND DMC0_WE.  
ADDRESS = DMC0_A00 13, AND DMC0_BA0 2.  
-
-
Figure 20. Mobile DDR SDRAM Clock and Control Cycle Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 73 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Mobile DDR SDRAM Read Cycle Timing  
Table 43 and Figure 21 show mobile DDR SDRAM read cycle timing, related to the dynamic memory controller (DMC).  
Table 43. Mobile DDR SDRAM Read Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tQH  
DMC0_DQ, DMC0_DQS Output Hold Time From DMC0_DQS  
1.5  
ns  
ns  
tDQSQ  
DMC0_DQS-DMC0_DQ Skew for DMC0_DQS and Associated  
DMC0_DQ Signals  
0.7  
tRPRE  
tRPST  
Read Preamble  
Read Postamble  
0.9  
0.4  
1.1  
0.6  
tCK  
tCK  
DMC0_CK  
t
t
RPST  
RPRE  
DMC0_DQS  
t
QH  
DMC0_DQS  
(DATA)  
Dn  
Dn+1  
Dn+2  
Dn+3  
t
DQSQ  
Figure 21. Mobile DDR SDRAM Controller Input AC Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 74 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Mobile DDR SDRAM Write Cycle Timing  
Table 44 and Figure 22 show mobile DDR SDRAM write cycle timing, related to the dynamic memory controller (DMC).  
Table 44. Mobile DDR SDRAM Write Cycle Timing, VDD_DMC Nominal 1.8 V  
200 MHz  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
1
tDQSS  
tDS  
DMC0_DQS Latching Rising Transitions to Associated Clock Edges  
0.75  
0.48  
0.48  
0.2  
1.25  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
tCK  
ns  
ns  
Last Data Valid to DMC0_DQS Delay (Slew > 1 V/ns)  
DMC0_DQS to First Data Invalid Delay (Slew > 1 V/ns)  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge to Clock Setup Time  
DMC0_DQS Falling Edge Hold Time From DMC0_CK  
DMC0_DQS Input High Pulse Width  
DMC0_DQS Input Low Pulse Width  
tDH  
tDSS  
tDSH  
tDQSH  
tDQSL  
tWPRE  
tWPST  
tIPW  
0.2  
0.4  
0.4  
Write Preamble  
0.25  
0.4  
Write Postamble  
Address and Control Output Pulse Width  
2.3  
tDIPW  
DMC0_DQ and DMC0_DM Output Pulse Width  
1.8  
1 Write command to first DMC0_DQS delay = WL × tCK + tDQSS  
.
DMC0_CK  
t
t
DSS  
DSH  
t
DQSS  
DMC0_DQS0-1  
t
WPRE  
t
t
t
WPST  
DQSL  
DQSH  
t
t
DH  
DS  
t
DIPW  
DMC0_DQ0  
-
15/  
Dn  
Dn+1  
Dn+2  
Dn+3  
DMC0_DQM0  
-
1
t
DIPW  
Write CMD  
CONTROL  
NOTE: CONTROL = DMC0_CS0, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_CAS, AND DMC0_WE.  
ADDRESS = DMC0_A00 13, AND DMC0_BA0 1.  
-
-
t
IPW  
Figure 22. Mobile DDR SDRAM Controller Output AC Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 75 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
General-Purpose I/O Port Timing (GPIO)  
Table 45 and Figure 23 describe I/O timing, related to the general-purpose ports (PORT).  
Table 45. General-Purpose I/O Port Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tWFI  
General-Purpose Port Pin Input Pulse Width  
2 × tSCLK0 – 1.5  
ns  
tWFI  
GPIO INPUT  
Figure 23. General-Purpose I/O Port Timing  
Timer Cycle Timing  
Table 46 and Figure 24 describe timer expired operations, related to the general-purpose timer (TIMER). The input signal is asynchro-  
nous in width capture mode and external clock mode and has an ideal maximum input frequency of (fSCLK0/4) MHz. The Period Value  
(VALUE) is the timer period assigned in the TMx_TMRn_PER register and can range from 2 to 232 – 1.  
Table 46. Timer Cycle Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tWL  
tWH  
Timer Pulse Width Input Low1  
Timer Pulse Width Input High1  
2 × tSCLK0 – 1.5  
2 × tSCLK0 – 1.5  
2 × tSCLK0 – 1.5  
2 × tSCLK0 – 1.5  
ns  
ns  
Switching Characteristic  
tHTO Timer Pulse Width Output  
tSCLK0 × VALUE – 1  
tSCLK0 × VALUE – 1  
ns  
1 This specification indicates the minimum instantaneous width that can be tolerated due to duty cycle variation or jitter for TMx signals in width capture and external clock  
modes. The ideal maximum frequency for TMx signals is listed in Timer Cycle Timing on this page.  
TMR OUTPUT  
tHTO  
TMR INPUT  
tWH, tWL  
Figure 24. Timer Cycle Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 76 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Timing  
Table 47 and Figure 25 describe timing, related to the general-purpose counter (CNT).  
Table 47. Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirement  
tWCOUNT  
Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Input Pulse Width 2 × tSCLK0  
2 × tSCLK0  
ns  
CNT_UD  
CNT_DG  
CNT_ZM  
tWCOUNT  
Figure 25. Up/Down Counter/Rotary Encoder Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 77 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Debug Interface (JTAG Emulation Port) Timing  
Table 48 and Figure 26 provide I/O timing, related to the debug interface (JTAG emulator port).  
Table 48. JTAG Port Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tTCK  
JTG_TCK Period  
20  
5
20  
4
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tTCK  
tSTAP  
tHTAP  
tSSYS  
tHSYS  
tTRSTW  
JTG_TDI, JTG_TMS Setup Before JTG_TCK High  
JTG_TDI, JTG_TMS Hold After JTG_TCK High  
System Inputs Setup Before JTG_TCK High1  
System Inputs Hold After JTG_TCK High1  
4
4
4
4
4
4
JTG_TRST Pulse Width (Measured in JTG_TCK Cycles)2  
4
4
Switching Characteristics  
tDTDO  
tDSYS  
tDTMS  
JTG_TDO Delay From JTG_TCK Low  
System Outputs Delay After JTG_TCK Low3  
16.5  
18  
14.5  
16.5  
14.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
TMS Delay After TCK High in SWD Mode  
3.5  
16.5  
3.5  
1 System inputs = DMC0_DQxx, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, PA_xx, PB_xx, PC_xx, SYS_BMODEx, SYS_HWRST, SYS_FAULT,   
SYS_NMI, TWI0_SCL, TWI0_SDA, and SYS_EXTWAKE.  
2 50 MHz maximum.  
3 System outputs = DMC0_Axx, DMC0_BAx, DMC0_CAS, DMC0_CK, DMC0_CK, DMC0_CKE, DMC0_CS0, DMC0_DQxx, DMC0_LDM, DMC0_LDQS, DMC0_LDQS,  
DMC0_ODT, DMC0_RAS, DMC0_UDM, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_UDQS, DMC0_WE, PA_xx, PB_xx, PC_xx, SYS_CLKOUT, SYS_FAULT, SYS_RESOUT, and SYS_NMI.  
tTCK  
JTG_TCK  
tSTAP  
tHTAP  
JTG_TMS  
JTG_TDI  
tDTDO  
JTG_TDO  
tSSYS  
tHSYS  
SYSTEM  
INPUTS  
tDSYS  
SYSTEM  
OUTPUTS  
Figure 26. JTAG Port Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 78 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Serial Ports  
To determine whether serial port (SPORT) communication is possible between two devices at clock speed n, the following specifications  
must be confirmed: 1) frame sync delay and frame sync setup and hold, 2) data delay and data setup and hold, and 3) serial clock   
(SPT_CLK) width. In Figure 27 either the rising edge or the falling edge of SPT_CLK (external or internal) can be used as the active  
sampling edge.  
When externally generated the SPORT clock is called fSPTCLKEXT  
:
1
t
= ------------------------------  
SPTCLKEXT  
f
SPTCLKEXT  
When internally generated, the programmed SPORT clock (fSPTCLKPROG) frequency in MHz is set by the following equation where CLKDIV  
is a field in the SPORT_DIV register that can be set from 0 to 65,535:  
f
SCLK0  
f
= ------------------------------------  
SPTCLKPROG  
CLKDIV + 1  
1
t
= ----------------------------------  
SPTCLKPROG  
f
SPTCLKPROG  
Table 49. Serial Ports—External Clock  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSFSE  
Frame Sync Setup Before SPT_CLK   
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in Either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
1.5  
1
ns  
tHFSE  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK   
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in Either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
3
3
ns  
tSDRE  
Receive Data Setup Before Receive SPT_CLK1 1.5  
1
3
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHDRE  
Receive Data Hold After SPT_CLK1  
SPT_CLK Width2  
SPT_CLK Period2  
3
tSCLKW  
tSPTCLKE  
(0.5 × tSPTCLKEXT) – 1  
tSPTCLKEXT – 1  
(0.5 × tSPTCLKEXT) – 1  
tSPTCLKEXT – 1  
Switching Characteristics  
tDFSE  
Frame Sync Delay After SPT_CLK   
18  
18  
15  
15  
ns  
ns  
(Internally Generated Frame Sync in Either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)3  
tHOFSE  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK   
(Internally Generated Frame Sync in Either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)3  
Transmit Data Delay After Transmit SPT_CLK3  
Transmit Data Hold After Transmit SPT_CLK3 2.5  
2.5  
2.5  
2.5  
tDDTE  
tHDTE  
ns  
ns  
1 Referenced to sample edge.  
2 This specification indicates the minimum instantaneous width or period that can be tolerated due to duty cycle variation or jitter on the external SPT_CLK. For the external  
SPT_CLK ideal maximum frequency, see the fSPTCLKEXT specification in Table 18 on Page 52 in Clock Related Operating Conditions.  
3 Referenced to drive edge.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 79 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 50. Serial Ports—Internal Clock  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSFSI  
Frame Sync Setup Before SPT_CLK  
17  
14.5  
ns  
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in Either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
tHFSI  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK  
(Externally Generated Frame Sync in Either  
Transmit or Receive Mode)1  
–0.5  
–0.5  
ns  
tSDRI  
tHDRI  
Receive Data Setup Before SPT_CLK1  
Receive Data Hold After SPT_CLK1  
6.5  
1.5  
5
1
ns  
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
tDFSI  
Frame Sync Delay After SPT_CLK (Internally  
2
2
2
2
ns  
ns  
Generated Frame Sync in Transmit or  
Receive Mode)2  
tHOFSI  
Frame Sync Hold After SPT_CLK (Internally –4.5  
Generated Frame Sync in Transmit or  
Receive Mode)2  
Transmit Data Delay After SPT_CLK2  
Transmit Data Hold After SPT_CLK2  
SPT_CLK Width3  
SPT_CLK Period3  
–3.5  
–3.5  
tDDTI  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tHDTI  
–5  
tSCLKIW  
0.5 × tSPTCLKPROG – 1.5  
tSPTCLKPROG – 1.5  
0.5 × tSPTCLKPROG – 1.5  
tSPTCLKPROG – 1.5  
tSPTCLKI  
1 Referenced to the sample edge.  
2 Referenced to drive edge.  
3 See Table 18 on Page 52 in Clock Related Operating Conditions for details on the minimum period that may be programmed for tSPTCLKPROG  
.
Rev. A  
|
Page 80 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
DATA RECEIVE—INTERNAL CLOCK  
DATA RECEIVE—EXTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
tSCLKIW  
tSCLKW  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
tDFSI  
tDFSE  
tHOFSI  
tSFSI  
tHFSI  
tHOFSE  
tSFSE  
tHFSE  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
tSDRI  
tHDRI  
tSDRE  
tHDRE  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
DATA TRANSMIT—INTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
DATA TRANSMIT—EXTERNAL CLOCK  
DRIVE EDGE SAMPLE EDGE  
tSCLKIW  
tSCLKW  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
tDFSI  
tDFSE  
tHOFSI  
tSFSI  
tHFSI  
tHOFSE  
tSFSE  
tHFSE  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
tDDTI  
tDDTE  
tHDTI  
tHDTE  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
Figure 27. Serial Ports  
Rev. A  
|
Page 81 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 51. Serial Ports—Enable and Three-State  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Switching Characteristics  
Min  
1
Max  
Min  
1
Max  
Unit  
tDDTEN  
tDDTTE  
tDDTIN  
tDDTTI  
Data Enable from External Transmit SPT_CLK1  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Data Disable from External Transmit SPT_CLK1  
Data Enable from Internal Transmit SPT_CLK1  
Data Disable from Internal Transmit SPT_CLK1  
14  
14  
–1.12  
–1  
2.8  
2.8  
1 Referenced to drive edge.  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
EXTERNAL)  
tDDTEN  
tDDTTE  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA  
CHANNEL A/B)  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
INTERNAL)  
tDDTIN  
tDDTTI  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA  
CHANNEL A/B)  
Figure 28. Serial Ports—Enable and Three-State  
Rev. A  
|
Page 82 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
The SPT_TDV output signal becomes active in SPORT multichannel mode. During transmit slots (enabled with active channel selection  
registers) the SPT_TDV is asserted for communication with external devices.  
Table 52. Serial Ports—Transmit Data Valid (TDV)  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
Max  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Switching Characteristics  
Min  
Min  
2.5  
Max  
Unit  
tDRDVEN  
tDFDVEN  
tDRDVIN  
tDFDVIN  
Data-Valid Enable Delay from Drive Edge of External Clock1 2.5  
Data-Valid Disable Delay from Drive Edge of External Clock1  
Data-Valid Enable Delay from Drive Edge of Internal Clock1 –4.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
17.5  
2
14.5  
2
–3.5  
Data-Valid Disable Delay from Drive Edge of Internal Clock1  
1 Referenced to drive edge.  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
EXTERNAL)  
tDRDVEN  
tDFDVEN  
SPT_A/BTDV  
DRIVE EDGE  
DRIVE EDGE  
SPT_CLK  
(SPORT CLOCK  
INTERNAL)  
tDRDVIN  
tDFDVIN  
SPT_A/BTDV  
Figure 29. Serial Ports—Transmit Data Valid Internal and External Clock  
Rev. A  
|
Page 83 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 53. Serial Ports—External Late Frame Sync  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDDTLFSE  
Data Delay from Late External Transmit Frame Sync or External  
19  
15.5  
ns  
Receive Frame Sync with MCE = 1, MFD = 01  
Data Enable for MCE = 1, MFD = 01  
tDDTENFS  
0.5  
0.5  
ns  
1 The tDDTLFSE and tDDTENFS parameters apply to left-justified as well as standard serial mode, and MCE = 1, MFD = 0.  
DRIVE  
SAMPLE  
DRIVE  
SPT_A/BCLK  
(SPORT CLOCK)  
tHFSE/I  
tSFSE/I  
SPT_A/BFS  
(FRAME SYNC)  
tDDTE/I  
tDDTENFS  
tHDTE/I  
SPT_A/BDx  
(DATA CHANNEL A/B)  
1ST BIT  
2ND BIT  
tDDTLFSE  
Figure 30. External Late Frame Sync  
Rev. A  
|
Page 84 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Master Timing  
Table 54 and Figure 31 describe serial peripheral interface (SPI) port master operations.  
When internally generated, the programmed SPI clock (fSPICLKPROG) frequency in MHz is set by the following equation where BAUD is a  
field in the SPI_CLK register that can be set from 0 to 65,535:  
f
SCLK0  
f
= -------------------------------  
SPICLKPROG  
BAUD + 1  
1
t
= ---------------------------------  
SPICLKPROG  
f
SPICLKPROG  
Note that:  
• In dual mode data transmit, the SPI_MISO signal is also an output.  
• In quad mode data transmit, the SPI_MISO, SPI_D2, and SPI_D3 signals are also outputs.  
• In dual mode data receive, the SPI_MOSI signal is also an input.  
• In quad mode data receive, the SPI_MOSI, SPI_D2, and SPI_D3 signals are also inputs.  
• To add additional frame delays, see the documentation for the SPI_DLY register in the hardware reference manual.  
Table 54. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Master Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSSPIDM  
Data Input Valid to SPI_CLK Edge(DataInput 6.5  
Setup)  
SPI_CLK Sampling Edge to Data Input Invalid 1  
Switching Characteristics  
5.5  
1
ns  
ns  
tHSPIDM  
tSDSCIM  
tSPICHM  
tSPICLM  
tSPICLK  
SPI_SEL low to First SPI_CLK Edge  
SPI_CLK High Period1  
SPI_CLK Low Period1  
SPI_CLK Period1  
0.5 × tSCLK0 – 2.5  
0.5 × tSCLK0 – 1.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
0.5 × tSPICLKPROG – 1.5  
0.5 × tSPICLKPROG – 1.5  
tSPICLKPROG – 1.5  
0.5 × tSPICLKPROG – 1.5  
0.5 × tSPICLKPROG – 1.5  
tSPICLKPROG – 1.5  
tHDSM  
Last SPI_CLK Edge to SPI_SEL High  
Sequential Transfer Delay2  
(0.5 × tSCLK0 ) 2.5  
(STOP × tSPICLK) 1.5  
(0.5 × tSCLK0 ) –1.5  
(STOP × tSPICLK) 1.5  
tSPITDM  
tDDSPIDM  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid (Data Out  
Delay)  
2.5  
2
tHDSPIDM  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Invalid (Data Out –4.5  
Hold)  
–3.5  
ns  
1 See Table 18 on Page 52 in Clock Related Operating Conditions for details on the minimum period that may be programmed for tSPICLKPROG  
.
2 STOP value set using the SPI_DLY.STOP bits.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 85 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SPI_SEL  
(OUTPUT)  
tSDSCIM  
tSPICLM  
tSPICHM  
tSPICLK  
tHDSM  
tSPITDM  
SPI_CLK  
(OUTPUT)  
tHDSPIDM  
tDDSPIDM  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
tSSPIDM  
CPHA = 1  
tHSPIDM  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
tHDSPIDM  
tDDSPIDM  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
tSSPIDM  
tHSPIDM  
CPHA = 0  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
Figure 31. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Master Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 86 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Slave Timing  
Table 55 and Figure 32 describe serial peripheral interface (SPI) port slave operations. Note that:  
• In dual mode data transmit, the SPI_MOSI signal is also an output.  
• In quad mode data transmit, the SPI_MOSI, SPI_D2, and SPI_D3 signals are also outputs.  
• In dual mode data receive, the SPI_MISO signal is also an input.  
• In quad mode data receive, the SPI_MISO, SPI_D2, and SPI_D3 signals are also inputs.  
• In SPI slave mode, the SPI clock is supplied externally and is called fSPICLKEXT  
:
1
t
= -----------------------------  
SPICLKEXT  
f
SPICLKEXT  
Table 55. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Slave Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSPICHS  
tSPICLS  
tSPICLK  
tHDS  
SPI_CLK High Period1  
SPI_CLK Low Period1  
SPI_CLK Period1  
(0.5 × tSPICLKEXT) – 1.5  
(0.5 × tSPICLKEXT) – 1.5  
(0.5 × tSPICLKEXT) – 1.5  
tSPICLKEXT – 1.5  
5
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
(0.5 × tSPICLKEXT) – 1.5  
tSPICLKEXT – 1.5  
5
Last SPI_CLK Edge to SPI_SS Not Asserted  
(NonSPIHP)  
tHDS  
Last SPI_CLK Edge to SPI_SS Not Asserted   
1.5 × tSCLK0  
1.5 × tSCLK0  
ns  
(Using SPIHP)  
tSPITDS  
tSPITDS  
tSDSCI  
tSSPID  
Sequential Transfer Delay (NonSPIHP)  
Sequential Transfer Delay (Using SPIHP)  
SPI_SS Assertion to First SPI_CLK Edge  
0.5 × tSPICLK – 1.5  
3 × tSCLK0  
11.5  
0.5 × tSPICLK – 1.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
3 × tSCLK0  
11.5  
1
Data Input Valid to SPI_CLK Edge (Data Input  
Setup)  
1.5  
tHSPID  
SPI_CLK Sampling Edge to Data Input Invalid  
3.3  
3
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
tDSOE  
SPI_SS Assertion to Data Out Active  
0
0
17.5  
13  
0
0
14.5  
11.5  
14.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tDSDHI  
tDDSPID  
tHDSPID  
SPI_SS Deassertion to Data High Impedance  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid (Data Out Delay)  
17.5  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Invalid (Data Out Hold) 2.5  
2.5  
1 This specification indicates the minimum instantaneous width or period that can be tolerated due to duty cycle variation or jitter on the external SPI_CLK. For the external  
SPI_CLK ideal maximum frequency see the fSPICLKTEXT specification in Table 18 on Page 52 of Clock Related Operating Conditions.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 87 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
SPI_SS  
(INPUT)  
tSDSCI  
tSPICLS  
tSPICHS  
tSPICLK  
tHDS  
tSPITDS  
SPI_CLK  
(INPUT)  
tDSOE  
tDDSPID  
tHDSPID  
tDDSPID  
tDSDHI  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
CPHA = 1  
tSSPID  
tHSPID  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
tDSOE  
tHDSPID  
tDDSPID  
tDSDHI  
DATA OUTPUTS  
(SPI_MISO)  
tHSPID  
CPHA = 0  
tSSPID  
DATA INPUTS  
(SPI_MOSI)  
Figure 32. Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Slave Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 88 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—SPI_RDY Slave Timing  
Table 56. SPI Port—SPI_RDY Slave Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tDSPISCKRDYSR SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Receive 2.5 × tSCLK0 + tHDSPID 3.5 × tSCLK0 + tDDSPID ns  
tDSPISCKRDYST SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Transmit 3.5 × tSCLK0 + tHDSPID 4.5 × tSCLK0 + tDDSPID ns  
tDSPISCKRDYSR  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
CPHA = 0  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
CPHA = 1  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
SPI_RDY (O)  
Figure 33. SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Receive (FCCH = 0)  
tDSPISCKRDYST  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
CPHA = 0  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
CPHA = 1  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_RDY (O)  
Figure 34. SPI_RDY De-assertion from Valid Input SPI_CLK Edge in Slave Mode Transmit (FCCH = 1)  
Rev. A  
|
Page 89 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—Open Drain Mode (ODM) Timing  
In Figure 35 and Figure 36, the outputs can be SPI_MOSI SPI_MISO, SPI_D2, and/or SPI_D3 depending on the mode of operation.  
Table 57. SPI Port ODM Master Mode Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tHDSPIODMM  
tDDSPIODMM  
SPI_CLK Edge to High Impedance from Data Out Valid  
–4.5  
–3.5  
ns  
ns  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid from High Impedance  
2.5  
2
tHDSPIODMM  
tHDSPIODMM  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 0)  
tDDSPIODMM  
tDDSPIODMM  
Figure 35. ODM Master  
Rev. A  
|
Page 90 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 58. SPI Port—ODM Slave Mode  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Switching Characteristics  
tHDSPIODMS  
tDDSPIODMS  
SPI_CLK Edge to High Impedance from Data Out Valid  
2.5  
2.5  
ns  
ns  
SPI_CLK Edge to Data Out Valid from High Impedance  
17.5  
14.5  
tHDSPIODMS  
tHDSPIODMS  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 1)  
OUTPUT  
(CPHA = 0)  
tDDSPIODMS  
tDDSPIODMS  
Figure 36. ODM Slave  
Rev. A  
|
Page 91 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Port—SPI_RDY Timing  
SPI_RDY is used to provide flow control. The CPOL and CPHA bits are set in SPI_CTL, while LEADX, LAGX, and STOP are in   
SPI_DLY.  
Table 59. SPI Port—SPI_RDY Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8 V/3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSRDYSCKM0 Minimum Setup Time for SPI_RDY De-assertion in (2.5 + 1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK0 + 14.5  
Master Mode Before Last SPI_CLK Edge of Valid  
Data Transfer to Block Subsequent Transfer with  
CPHA = 0  
ns  
tSRDYSCKM1 Minimum Setup Time for SPI_RDY De-assertion in (2.5 + BAUD1) × tSCLK0 + 14.5  
Master Mode Before Last SPI_CLK Edge of Valid  
Data Transfer to Block Subsequent Transfer with  
CPHA = 1  
ns  
Switching Characteristic  
tSRDYSCKM  
Time Between Assertion of SPI_RDY by Slave and 3 × tSCLK0  
First Edge of SPI_CLK for New SPI Transfer with  
4 × tSCLK0 + 17.5  
ns  
CPHA = 0 and BAUD = 0 (STOP, LEADX, LAGX = 0)  
Time Between Assertion of SPI_RDY by Slave and (4 + 1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK0  
First Edge of SPI_CLK for New SPI Transfer with  
CPHA = 0 and BAUD ≥ 1 (STOP, LEADX, LAGX = 0)  
Time Between Assertion of SPI_RDY by Slave and (3 + 0.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK0  
First Edge of SPI_CLK for New SPI Transfer with  
(5 + 1.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK0 + 17.5 ns  
(4 + 0.5 × BAUD1) × tSCLK0 + 17.5 ns  
CPHA = 1 (STOP, LEADX, LAGX = 0)  
1 BAUD value set using the SPI_CLK.BAUD bits.  
tSRDYSCKM0  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
Figure 37. SPI_RDY Setup Before SPI_CLK with CPHA = 0  
Rev. A  
|
Page 92 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
tSRDYSCKM1  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
Figure 38. SPI_RDY Setup Before SPI_CLK with CPHA = 1  
tSRDYSCKM  
SPI_RDY  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 0)  
SPI_CLK  
(CPOL = 1)  
Figure 39. SPI_CLK Switching Diagram after SPI_RDY Assertion, CPHA = x  
Rev. A  
|
Page 93 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Enhanced Parallel Peripheral Interface Timing  
The following tables and figures describe enhanced parallel peripheral interface timing operations. The POLC bits in the EPPI_CTL  
register may be used to set the sampling/driving edges of the EPPI clock.  
When internally generated, the programmed PPI clock (fPCLKPROG) frequency in MHz is set by the following equation where VALUE is a  
field in the EPPI_CLKDIV register that can be set from 0 to 65,535:  
fSCLK0  
fPCLKPROG = --------------------------------  
VALUE + 1  
1
tPCLKPROG = ------------------------  
fPCLKPROG  
When externally generated the EPPI_CLK is called fPCLKEXT  
:
1
tPCLKEXT = ---------------------  
fPCLKEXT  
Table 60. Enhanced Parallel Peripheral Interface—Internal Clock  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tSFSPI  
tHFSPI  
tSDRPI  
tHDRPI  
tSFS3GI  
External FS Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
6.5  
1.5  
6.4  
1
5
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
External FS Hold After EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
1
5
1
External FS3 Input Setup Before EPPI_CLK 16.5  
Fall Edge in Clock Gating Mode  
14  
tHFS3GI  
External FS3 Input Hold Before EPPI_CLK 1.5  
Fall Edge in Clock Gating Mode  
0
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
tPCLKW  
tPCLK  
EPPI_CLK Width1  
0.5 × tPCLKPROG – 2  
0.5 × tPCLKPROG – 2  
tPCLKPROG – 2  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
EPPI_CLK Period1  
tPCLKPROG – 2  
tDFSPI  
tHOFSPI  
tDDTPI  
tHDTPI  
Internal FS Delay After EPPI_CLK  
Internal FS Hold After EPPI_CLK  
Transmit Data Delay After EPPI_CLK  
Transmit Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
2
2
2
2
–4  
–4  
–3  
–3  
1 See Table 18 on Page 52 in Clock Related Operating Conditions for details on the minimum period that may be programmed for tPCLKPROG  
.
Rev. A  
|
Page 94 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
FRAME SYNC  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
SAMPLED  
POLC[1:0] = 10  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 01  
tDFSPI  
tPCLKW  
tHOFSPI  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tSDRPI  
tHDRPI  
Figure 40. PPI Internal Clock GP Receive Mode with Internal Frame Sync Timing  
FRAME SYNC  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
DRIVEN  
tPCLK  
POLC[1:0] = 11  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 00  
tDFSPI  
tPCLKW  
tHOFSPI  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tHDTPI  
tDDTPI  
Figure 41. PPI Internal Clock GP Transmit Mode with Internal Frame Sync Timing  
DATA SAMPLED /  
DATA SAMPLED /  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
POLC[1:0] = 11  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 00  
tPCLKW  
tSFSPI  
tHFSPI  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tSDRPI  
tHDRPI  
Figure 42. PPI Internal Clock GP Receive Mode with External Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 95 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
DATA DRIVEN /  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
POLC[1:0] = 11  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 00  
tSFSPI  
tHFSPI  
tPCLKW  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tDDTPI  
tHDTPI  
Figure 43. PPI Internal Clock GP Transmit Mode with External Frame Sync Timing  
EPPI_CLK  
EPPI_FS3  
tHFS3GI  
tSFS3GI  
Figure 44. Clock Gating Mode with Internal Clock and External Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 96 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 61. Enhanced Parallel Peripheral Interface—External Clock  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tPCLKW  
tPCLK  
EPPI_CLK Width1  
(0.5 × tPCLKEXT) – 1  
(0.5 × tPCLKEXT) – 1  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
EPPI_CLK Period1  
tPCLKEXT – 1  
tPCLKEXT – 1  
tSFSPE  
tHFSPE  
tSDRPE  
tHDRPE  
External FS Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
External FS Hold After EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Setup Before EPPI_CLK  
Receive Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
1.5  
3.3  
1
1
3
1
3
3
Switching Characteristics  
tDFSPE  
tHOFSPE  
tDDTPE  
tHDTPE  
Internal FS Delay After EPPI_CLK  
17.5  
17.5  
14.5  
14.5  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Internal FS Hold After EPPI_CLK  
Transmit Data Delay After EPPI_CLK  
Transmit Data Hold After EPPI_CLK  
2.5  
2.5  
2.5  
2.5  
1 This specification indicates the minimum instantaneous width or period that can be tolerated due to duty cycle variation or jitter on the external EPPI_CLK. For the external  
EPPI_CLK ideal maximum frequency, see the fPCLKEXT specification in Table 18 on Page 52 in Clock Related Operating Conditions.  
FRAME SYNC  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
SAMPLED  
POLC[1:0] = 10  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 01  
tDFSPE  
tPCLKW  
tHOFSPE  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tSDRPE  
tHDRPE  
Figure 45. PPI External Clock GP Receive Mode with Internal Frame Sync Timing  
FRAME SYNC  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
DRIVEN  
DATA  
DRIVEN  
tPCLK  
POLC[1:0] = 11  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 00  
tDFSPE  
tPCLKW  
tHOFSPE  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tDDTPE  
tHDTPE  
Figure 46. PPI External Clock GP Transmit Mode with Internal Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 97 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
DATA SAMPLED/  
DATA SAMPLED/  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
POLC[1:0] = 11  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 00  
tPCLKW  
tSFSPE  
tHFSPE  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tSDRPE  
tHDRPE  
Figure 47. PPI External Clock GP Receive Mode with External Frame Sync Timing  
DATA DRIVEN/  
FRAME SYNC SAMPLED  
POLC[1:0] = 11  
EPPI_CLK  
POLC[1:0] = 00  
tSFSPE  
tHFSPE  
tPCLKW  
tPCLK  
EPPI_FS1/2  
EPPI_Dx  
tDDTPE  
tHDTPE  
Figure 48. PPI External Clock GP Transmit Mode with External Frame Sync Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 98 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter  
(UART) Ports—Receive and Transmit Timing  
The universal asynchronous receiver-transmitter (UART) ports receive and transmit operations are described in the ADSP-BF70x  
Blackfin+ Processor Hardware Reference.  
Controller Area Network (CAN) Interface  
The controller area network (CAN) interface timing is described in the ADSP-BF70x Blackfin+ Processor Hardware Reference.  
Universal Serial Bus (USB) On-The-Go—Receive and Transmit Timing  
Table 62 describes the universal serial bus (USB) on-the-go receive and transmit operations.  
Table 62. USB On-The-Go—Receive and Transmit Timing  
VDD_USB  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
fUSBS  
fsUSB  
USB_XI Frequency  
24  
24  
MHz  
ppm  
USB_XI Clock Frequency Stability  
–50  
+50  
Rev. A  
|
Page 99 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Mobile Storage Interface (MSI) Controller Timing  
Table 64 and Figure 49 show I/O timing, related to the mobile storage interface (MSI).  
The MSI timing depends on the period of the input clock that has been routed to the MSI peripheral (tMSICLKIN) by setting the   
MSI0_UHS_EXT register. See Table 63 for this information.  
Table 63. tMSICLKIN Settings  
EXT_CLK_MUX_CTRL[31:30] tMSICLKIN  
00  
01  
10  
tSCLK0 × 2  
tSCLK0  
tSCLK1 × 3  
1
tMSICLKIN = ----------------------  
fMSICLKIN  
(fMSICLKPROG) frequency in MHz is set by the following equation where DIV0 is a field in the MSI_CLKDIV register that can be set from 0 to  
255. When DIV0 is set between 1 and 255, the following equation is used to determine fMSICLKPROG  
:
f
fMSICLKPROG = --M-----S--I--C----L---K---I--N--  
DIV0 2  
When DIV0 = 0,  
fMSICLKPROG = fMSICLKIN  
Also note the following:  
1
tMSICLKPROG = -----------------------------  
fMSICLKPROG  
Table 64. MSI Controller Timing  
VDD_EXT  
1.8V Nominal  
VDD_EXT  
3.3V Nominal  
Parameter  
Min  
Max  
Min  
Max  
Unit  
Timing Requirements  
tISU  
tIH  
Input Setup Time  
Input Hold Time  
5.5  
2
4.7  
0.5  
ns  
ns  
Switching Characteristics  
tMSICLK Clock Period Data Transfer Mode1  
tMSICLKPROG – 1.5  
7
7
tMSICLKPROG – 1.5  
7
7
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tWL  
Clock Low Time  
Clock High Time  
Clock Rise Time  
Clock Fall Time  
tWH  
tTLH  
tTHL  
3
3
3
3
tODLY Output Delay Time During Data Transfer Mode  
tOH Output Hold Time  
(0.5 × tMSICLKIN) + 3.2  
(0.5 × tMSICLKIN) + 3 ns  
ns  
(0.5 × tMSICLKIN) – 4  
(0.5 × tMSICLKIN) – 3  
1 See Table 18 on Page 52 in Clock Related Operating Conditions for details on the minimum period that may be programmed for tMSICLKPROG  
.
Rev. A  
|
Page 100 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
VOH (MIN)  
tMSICLK  
MSI_CLK  
INPUT  
tTHL  
tTLH  
tISU  
tIH  
VOL (MAX)  
tWL  
tWH  
tODLY  
tOH  
OUTPUT  
NOTES:  
1 INPUT INCLUDES MSI_Dx AND MSI_CMD SIGNALS.  
2 OUTPUT INCLUDES MSI_Dx AND MSI_CMD SIGNALS.  
Figure 49. MSI Controller Timing  
Rev. A  
|
Page 101 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
OUTPUT DRIVE CURRENTS  
0
Figure 50 through Figure 61 show typical current-voltage char-  
–2  
acteristics for the output drivers of the ADSP-BF70x Blackfin  
–4  
processors. The curves represent the current drive capability of  
the output drivers as a function of output voltage.  
V
OL  
–6  
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
25  
20  
–8  
–10  
–12  
–14  
–16  
V
V
V
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
V
OH  
15  
10  
5
V
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
2.0  
DD_EXT  
1.5  
0
V
OL  
–5  
0
0.5  
1.0  
2.5  
4.0  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
Figure 52. Driver Type D Current (1.8 V VDD_EXT  
)
V
V
V
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
5
0
–5  
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8 2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
–35  
–40  
–45  
–50  
V
OL  
Figure 50. Driver Type A Current (1.8 V VDD_EXT  
)
60  
40  
V
= 3.13V @ 125°C  
DD_EXT  
V
V
V
= 3.47V @ –40°C  
= 3.30V @ 25°C  
= 3.13V @ 125°C  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
V
V
V
= 3.30V @ 25°C  
= 3.47V @ –40°C  
OH  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
20  
0
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
2.5  
3.0  
3.5  
V
OL  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
–20  
–40  
–60  
Figure 53. Driver Type D Current (3.3 V VDD_EXT  
)
V
V
V
= 3.47V @ –40°C  
= 3.30V @ 25°C  
= 3.13V @ 125°C  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
DD_EXT  
5
0
0
0.5  
1.0  
1.5  
2.0  
2.5  
3.0  
3.5  
4.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
–5  
V
OL  
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
Figure 51. Driver Type A Current (3.3 V VDD_EXT  
)
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
–35  
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 54. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 34 Ω)  
Rev. A  
|
Page 102 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
5
0
35  
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
V
OL  
–5  
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
–30  
V
OH  
0
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 55. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 40 Ω)  
Figure 58. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 34 Ω)  
5
30  
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
0
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
V
OL  
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
–5  
–10  
–15  
–20  
–25  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
V
OH  
0
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 56. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 50 Ω)  
Figure 59. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 40 Ω)  
2
0
25  
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
–2  
20  
15  
10  
5
V
OL  
–4  
–6  
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
V
V
@ 25°C  
= 1.8V  
= 1.9V  
@ –4 0°C  
–8  
V
OH  
–10  
–12  
–14  
–16  
–18  
0
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 57. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 60 Ω)  
Figure 60. Driver Type B and Driver Type C (DDR Drive Strength 50 Ω)  
Rev. A  
|
Page 103 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
The time tENA_MEASURED is the interval from when the reference  
20  
18  
16  
14  
12  
10  
8
V
V
V
= 1.7V @ 125°C  
= 1.8V @ 25°C  
= 1.9V @ –40°C  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
DD_DMC  
signal switches to when the output voltage reaches VTRIP (high)  
or VTRIP (low). For VDD_EXT (nominal) = 1.8 V, VTRIP (high) is  
1.05 V, and VTRIP (low) is 0.75 V. For VDD_EXT (nominal) = 3.3 V,  
VTRIP (high) is 1.9 V, and VTRIP (low) is 1.4 V. Time tTRIP is the  
interval from when the output starts driving to when the output  
reaches the VTRIP (high) or VTRIP (low) trip voltage.  
V
Time tENA is calculated as shown in the equation:  
OH  
tENA = tENA_MEASURED tTRIP  
6
If multiple balls (such as the data bus) are enabled, the measure-  
ment value is that of the first ball to start driving.  
4
2
Output Disable Time Measurement  
0
0
0.2  
0.4  
0.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
Output balls are considered to be disabled when they stop driv-  
ing, go into a high impedance state, and start to decay from their  
output high or low voltage. The output disable time tDIS is the  
difference between tDIS_MEASURED and tDECAY as shown on the left  
side of Figure 63.  
SOURCE VOLTAGE (V)  
Figure 61. Driver Type B and Device Driver C (DDR Drive Strength 60 Ω)  
TEST CONDITIONS  
All timing requirements appearing in this data sheet were mea-  
sured under the conditions described in this section. Figure 62  
shows the measurement point for ac measurements (except out-  
put enable/disable). The measurement point VMEAS is VDD_EXT/2  
for VDD_EXT (nominal) = 1.8 V/3.3 V.  
tDIS = tDIS_MEASURED tDECAY  
The time for the voltage on the bus to decay by ΔV is dependent  
on the capacitive load, CL and the load current, IL. This decay  
time can be approximated by the equation:  
tDECAY = CLV  IL  
INPUT  
OR  
OUTPUT  
V
V
MEAS  
MEAS  
The time tDECAY is calculated with test loads CL and IL, and with  
V equal to 0.25 V for VDD_EXT (nominal) = 3.3 V and 0.15 V for  
VDD_EXT (nominal) = 1.8V.  
Figure 62. Voltage Reference Levels for AC Measurements  
(Except Output Enable/Disable)  
The time tDIS_MEASURED is the interval from when the reference  
signal switches, to when the output voltage decays ΔV from the  
measured output high or output low voltage.  
Output Enable Time Measurement  
Example System Hold Time Calculation  
Output balls are considered to be enabled when they have made  
a transition from a high impedance state to the point when they  
start driving.  
The output enable time tENA is the interval from the point when  
a reference signal reaches a high or low voltage level to the point  
when the output starts driving as shown on the right side of  
Figure 63.  
To determine the data output hold time in a particular system,  
first calculate tDECAY using the previous equation. Choose ΔV to  
be the difference between the processor’s output voltage and the  
input threshold for the device requiring the hold time. CL is the  
total bus capacitance (per data line), and IL is the total leakage or  
three-state current (per data line). The hold time will be tDECAY  
plus the various output disable times as specified in the Timing  
Specifications on Page 60.  
REFERENCE  
SIGNAL  
tDIS_MEASURED  
tENA_MEASURED  
tDIS  
tENA  
V
OH  
V
OH  
(MEASURED)  
(MEASURED)  
V
(MEASURED) 2 DV  
(MEASURED) + DV  
OH  
V
(HIGH)  
TRIP  
V
(LOW)  
V
TRIP  
OL  
V
OL  
V
OL  
(MEASURED)  
(MEASURED)  
tTRIP  
tDECAY  
OUTPUT STOPS DRIVING  
OUTPUT STARTS DRIVING  
HIGH IMPEDANCE STATE  
Figure 63. Output Enable/Disable  
Rev. A  
|
Page 104 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Capacitive Loading  
35  
Output delays and holds are based on standard capacitive loads  
of an average of 6 pF on all balls (see Figure 64). VLOAD is equal  
to VDD_EXT/2. The graphs of Figure 65 through Figure 68 show  
how output rise time varies with capacitance. The delay and  
hold specifications given should be derated by a factor derived  
from these figures. The graphs in these figures may not be linear  
outside the ranges shown.  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
tRISE = 3.3V @ 25°C  
tFALL = 3.3V @ 25°C  
TESTER PIN ELECTRONICS  
50Ω  
V
LOAD  
T1  
DUT  
OUTPUT  
0
45Ω  
0
50  
100  
150  
200  
250  
70Ω  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
ZO = 50Ω (impedance)  
TD = 4.04 1.18 ns  
50Ω  
Figure 66. Driver Type A Typical Rise and Fall Times (10% to 90%) vs. Load  
Capacitance (VDD_EXT = 3.3 V)  
0.5pF  
4pF  
2pF  
400Ω  
1.4  
tFALL = 1.8V @ 25°C  
1.2  
1.0  
0.8  
0.6  
0.4  
0.2  
0
NOTES:  
THE WORST CASE TRANSMISSION LINE DELAY IS SHOWN AND CAN BE USED  
FOR THE OUTPUT TIMING ANALYSIS TO REFELECT THE TRANSMISSION LINE  
EFFECT AND MUST BE CONSIDERED.THE TRANSMISSION LINE (TD) IS FOR  
LOAD ONLY AND DOES NOT AFFECT THE DATA SHEET TIMING SPECIFICATIONS.  
tRISE = 1.8V @ 25°C  
ANALOG DEVICES RECOMMENDS USING THE IBIS MODEL TIMING FOR A GIVEN  
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT. IF NECESSARY, A SYSTEM MAY INCORPORATE  
EXTERNAL DRIVERS TO COMPENSATE FOR ANY TIMING DIFFERENCES.  
Figure 64. Equivalent Device Loading for AC Measurements  
(Includes All Fixtures)  
40  
35  
0
2
4
6
8
10  
12  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
tRISE = 1.8V @ 25°C  
Figure 67. Driver Type B & C Typical Rise and Fall Times (10% to 90%)  
vs. Load Capacitance (VDD_DMC = 1.8 V)  
30  
25  
0.9  
0.8  
tFALL = 1.8V @ 25°C  
20  
15  
10  
5
0.7  
tRISE = 1.8V @ 25°C  
0.6  
tFALL = 1.8V @ 25°C  
0.5  
0.4  
0.3  
0.2  
0.1  
0
0
0
50  
100  
150  
200  
250  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
Figure 65. Driver Type A Typical Rise and Fall Times (10% to 90%) vs. Load  
Capacitance (VDD_EXT = 1.8 V)  
0
2
4
6
8
10  
12  
LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF)  
Figure 68. Driver Type B and Driver Type C Typical Rise and Fall Times  
(10% to 90%) vs. Load Capacitance (VDD_DMC = 1.8 V) for LPDDR  
Rev. A  
|
Page 105 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS  
To determine the junction temperature on the application  
printed circuit board, use the following equation:  
TJ = TCASE + JT PD  
where:  
TJ = Junction temperature (°C).  
T
CASE = Case temperature (°C) measured by customer at top  
center of package.  
JT = From Table 65 and Table 66.  
PD = Power dissipation (see Total Internal Power Dissipation  
on Page 56 for the method to calculate PD).  
Values of JA are provided for package comparison and printed  
circuit board design considerations. JA can be used for a first  
order approximation of TJ by the equation:  
TJ = TA + JA PD  
where:  
TA = Ambient temperature (°C).  
Values of JC are provided for package comparison and printed  
circuit board design considerations when an external heat sink  
is required.  
In Table 65 and Table 66, airflow measurements comply with  
JEDEC standards JESD51-2 and JESD51-6. The junction-to-  
case measurement complies with MIL-STD-883 (Method  
1012.1). All measurements use a 2S2P JEDEC test board.  
Table 65. Thermal Characteristics for CSP_BGA  
Parameter Condition  
Typical Unit  
JA  
0 linear m/s air flow  
28.7  
26.2  
25.2  
10.1  
0.24  
0.40  
0.51  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
JMA  
JMA  
JC  
JT  
JT  
JT  
1 linear m/s air flow  
2 linear m/s air flow  
0 linear m/s air flow  
1 linear m/s air flow  
2 linear m/s air flow  
Table 66. Thermal Characteristics for LFCSP (QFN)  
Parameter Condition Typical Unit  
JA  
0 linear m/s air flow  
22.9  
17.9  
16.4  
2.26  
0.14  
0.27  
0.30  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
JMA  
JMA  
JC  
JT  
JT  
JT  
1 linear m/s air flow  
2 linear m/s air flow  
0 linear m/s air flow  
1 linear m/s air flow  
2 linear m/s air flow  
Rev. A  
|
Page 106 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ADSP-BF70x 184-BALL CSP_BGA BALL ASSIGNMENTS  
(NUMERICAL BY BALL NUMBER)  
Figure 69 shows an overview of signal placement on the   
184-ball CSP_BGA.  
Table 67 lists the 184-ball CSP_BGA package by ball number for  
the ADSP-BF70x. Table 68 lists the 184-ball CSP_BGA package  
by signal.  
TOP VIEW  
GND  
A1 BALL  
CORNER  
2
4
6
8
10 12  
11 13  
14  
H
GND_HADC  
I/O SIGNALS  
1
3
5
7
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
V
DD_EXT  
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
V
DD_INT  
D
H
D
D
D
D
V
DD_DMC  
G
H
H
O
R
U
V
DD_HADC  
R
O
J
H
K
L
V
DD_OTP  
U
M
N
P
V
DD_RTC  
V
DD_USB  
BOTTOM VIEW  
A1 BALL  
CORNER  
14 12 10  
13 11  
8
6
4
2
9
7
5
3
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
O
D
G
H
H
H
R
J
K
L
U
M
N
P
Figure 69. 184-Ball CSP_BGA Configuration  
Rev. A  
|
Page 107 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 67. 184-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignment (Numerical by Ball Number)  
Ball No. Signal Name  
Ball No. Signal Name  
Ball No. Signal Name  
Ball No. Signal Name  
A01  
A02  
A03  
A04  
A05  
A06  
A07  
A08  
A09  
A10  
A11  
A12  
A13  
A14  
B01  
B02  
B03  
B04  
B05  
B06  
B07  
B08  
B09  
B10  
B11  
B12  
B13  
B14  
C01  
C02  
C03  
C04  
C05  
C06  
C07  
C08  
C09  
C10  
C11  
C12  
C13  
C14  
D01  
D02  
D03  
D06  
D07  
GND  
D08  
D09  
D12  
D13  
D14  
E01  
E02  
E03  
E05  
E06  
E07  
E08  
E09  
E10  
E12  
E13  
E14  
F01  
F02  
F03  
F04  
F05  
F06  
F07  
F08  
F09  
F10  
F11  
F12  
F13  
F14  
G01  
G02  
G03  
G04  
G05  
G06  
G07  
G08  
G09  
G10  
G11  
G12  
G13  
G14  
H01  
H02  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
PA_08  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A05  
JTG_TDI  
VDD_INT  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
DMC0_VREF  
SYS_BMODE0  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
PC_09  
H03  
H04  
H05  
H06  
H07  
H08  
H09  
H10  
H11  
H12  
H13  
H14  
J01  
J02  
J03  
J04  
J05  
J06  
J07  
J08  
J09  
J10  
J11  
J12  
J13  
J14  
K01  
K02  
K03  
K05  
K06  
K07  
K08  
K09  
K10  
K12  
K13  
K14  
L01  
L02  
L03  
L06  
L07  
L08  
L09  
L12  
L13  
SYS_CLKOUT  
VDD_INT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
PA_10  
L14  
GND  
PC_00  
RTC0_CLKIN  
PB_15  
PB_12  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_A13  
PA_03  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
GND  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_WE  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ03  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
PA_01  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
PA_02  
SYS_NMI  
GND  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_BMODE1  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A04  
JTG_TRST  
M01  
M02  
M03  
M04  
M05  
M06  
M07  
M08  
M09  
M10  
M11  
M12  
M13  
M14  
N01  
N02  
N03  
N04  
N05  
N06  
N07  
N08  
N09  
N10  
N11  
N12  
N13  
N14  
P01  
P02  
P03  
P04  
P05  
P06  
P07  
P08  
P09  
P10  
P11  
P12  
P13  
P14  
PC_12  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_VBC  
PB_09  
PB_05  
PB_04  
PB_01  
PB_03  
DMC0_LDM  
SYS_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
PB_14  
PB_11  
PC_14  
PC_11  
USB0_ID  
USB0_DP  
PB_08  
PB_06  
PB_00  
HADC0_VIN2  
HADC0_VIN1  
PA_15  
SYS_XTAL  
GND  
PB_13  
PB_10  
PC_13  
USB0_XTAL  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
PB_07  
HADC0_VREFN  
HADC0_VREFP  
HADC0_VIN3  
HADC0_VIN0  
PA_14  
PA_11  
DMC0_UDQS  
PC_05  
PC_06  
SYS_RESOUT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_RTC  
GND  
GND  
GND  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND_HADC  
VDD_OTP  
PA_13  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_UDQS  
PC_04  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
SYS_FAULT  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_A03  
PA_00  
PC_08  
VDD_INT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
PA_09  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
PC_07  
PC_01  
PC_02  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_HADC  
PA_12  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_DQ14  
PC_03  
TWI0_SDA  
TWI0_SCL  
VDD_USB  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
PB_02  
GND  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
PC_10  
DMC0_UDM  
Rev. A  
|
Page 108 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 68. ADSP-BF70x 184-Ball CSP_BGA Ball Assignments (Alphabetical by Signal Name)  
Signal Name  
DMC0_A00  
DMC0_A01  
DMC0_A02  
DMC0_A03  
DMC0_A04  
DMC0_A05  
DMC0_A06  
DMC0_A07  
DMC0_A08  
DMC0_A09  
DMC0_A10  
DMC0_A11  
DMC0_A12  
DMC0_A13  
DMC0_BA0  
DMC0_BA1  
DMC0_BA2  
DMC0_CAS  
DMC0_CK  
Ball No. Signal Name Ball No. Signal Name Ball No. Signal Name  
Ball No.  
C13  
C07  
J03  
D01  
F01  
F02  
G01  
D02  
E02  
E01  
B01  
B02  
A02  
B04  
B03  
B05  
A08  
A03  
A04  
A05  
A06  
A10  
B09  
A11  
B07  
B10  
B12  
B11  
B14  
B13  
D14  
D13  
E14  
E13  
F14  
F13  
G13  
G14  
J13  
DMC0_WE  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
B06  
C08  
A01  
A14  
F06  
F07  
F08  
F09  
G05  
G06  
G07  
G08  
G09  
G10  
H05  
H06  
H07  
H08  
H09  
H10  
J06  
PA_08  
PA_09  
PA_10  
PA_11  
PA_12  
PA_13  
PA_14  
PA_15  
PB_00  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
PC_00  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
PC_07  
D12  
G12  
H12  
H13  
K12  
J12  
P13  
N13  
N10  
M11  
L12  
M12  
M10  
M09  
N09  
P08  
N08  
M08  
P03  
N03  
M04  
P02  
N02  
M03  
M01  
K02  
K03  
L01  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_XTAL  
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
USB0_ID  
N14  
L03  
L02  
P06  
P07  
N07  
N06  
M07  
M06  
P05  
D06  
D07  
D08  
D09  
E06  
E07  
E08  
E09  
F10  
F11  
G11  
H11  
K05  
K06  
K07  
K08  
K09  
L07  
L08  
L09  
K10  
E05  
F04  
F05  
G04  
H04  
J04  
USB0_VBC  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_DMC  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_HADC  
VDD_INT  
DMC0_CKE  
DMC0_CK  
DMC0_CS0  
DMC0_DQ00  
DMC0_DQ01  
DMC0_DQ02  
DMC0_DQ03  
DMC0_DQ04  
DMC0_DQ05  
DMC0_DQ06  
DMC0_DQ07  
DMC0_DQ08  
DMC0_DQ09  
DMC0_DQ10  
DMC0_DQ11  
DMC0_DQ12  
DMC0_DQ13  
DMC0_DQ14  
DMC0_DQ15  
DMC0_LDM  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_LDQS  
DMC0_ODT  
DMC0_RAS  
DMC0_UDM  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_UDQS  
DMC0_VREF  
J07  
J08  
J09  
L14  
P01  
P14  
J10  
GND  
GND  
GND_HADC  
HADC0_VIN0  
HADC0_VIN1  
HADC0_VIN2  
HADC0_VIN3  
HADC0_VREFN  
HADC0_VREFP  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TRST  
PA_00  
P12  
N12  
N11  
P11  
P09  
P10  
C03  
E03  
C01  
C02  
D03  
G02  
C04  
C06  
A09  
C09  
C10  
C11  
C12  
K01  
J01  
J02  
H01  
G03  
F03  
H02  
N05  
M05  
P04  
N04  
M02  
N01  
E12  
C14  
M14  
H03  
C05  
F12  
PC_08  
PC_09  
PC_10  
PC_11  
VDD_INT  
K14  
K13  
M13  
A12  
A13  
B08  
A07  
L13  
J14  
PC_12  
PC_13  
PC_14  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_RTC  
VDD_USB  
RTC0_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
PA_01  
PA_02  
PA_03  
PA_04  
PA_05  
PA_06  
PA_07  
J11  
J05  
L06  
H14  
E10  
Rev. A  
|
Page 109 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88-LEAD LFCSP (QFN) LEAD ASSIGNMENTS   
(NUMERICAL BY LEAD NUMBER)  
Figure 70 shows an overview of signal placement on the   
12 mm × 12 mm 88-lead LFCSP (QFN).  
PIN 88  
PIN 67  
PIN 1  
PIN 66  
PIN 1  
INDICATOR  
ADSP-BF70x  
88-LEAD LFCSP (QFN)  
TOP VIEW  
PIN 22  
PIN 45  
PIN 23  
PIN 67  
PIN 44  
PIN 88  
PIN 66  
PIN 1  
PIN 1  
INDICATOR  
GND PAD  
(PIN 89)  
BOTTOM VIEW  
PIN 45  
PIN 22  
PIN 23  
PIN 44  
Figure 70. 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Configuration  
Rev. A  
|
Page 110 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 69 lists the 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) pack-  
age by lead number for the ADSP-BF70x. Table 70 lists the   
12 mm ×12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) package by signal.  
Table 69. 12 mm × 12 mm 88-Lead LFCSP (QFN) Lead Assignment (Numerical by Lead Number)  
Lead No. Signal Name  
Lead No. Signal Name  
Lead No. Signal Name  
Lead No. Signal Name  
1
PC_10  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
PB_14  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
PB_02  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89*  
PA_07  
2
PC_09  
PB_13  
PB_01  
PA_06  
3
PC_08  
VDD_EXT  
PB_12  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
PB_00  
VDD_EXT  
PA_05  
4
VDD_EXT  
PC_07  
5
PB_11  
PA_04  
6
PC_06  
PB_10  
PA_03  
7
PC_05  
VDD_INT  
USB0_XTAL  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_ID  
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_DP  
VDD_USB  
USB0_DM  
USB0_VBC  
PB_09  
PA_15  
GND  
8
PC_04  
PA_14  
SYS_NMI  
PA_02  
9
PC_03  
VDD_EXT  
SYS_XTAL  
SYS_CLKIN  
PA_13  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
PC_02  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
PA_01  
VDD_EXT  
SYS_CLKOUT  
PC_01  
VDD_INT  
VDD_EXT  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TRST  
PA_00  
PA_12  
VDD_INT  
SYS_RESOUT  
PC_00  
PA_11  
VDD_INT  
VDD_EXT  
PA_10  
VDD_EXT  
TWI0_SDA  
TWI0_SCL  
RTC0_XTAL  
RTC0_CLKIN  
VDD_RTC  
PB_15  
PB_08  
VDD_EXT  
PB_07  
PA_09  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_HWRST  
PA_08  
PB_06  
GND  
PB_05  
PB_04  
PB_03  
*Pin no. 89 is the GND supply (see Figure 70) for the processor; this pad must connect to GND.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 111 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Table 70. ADSP-BF70x 12 mm × 12 mm 88 -Lead LFCSP (QFN) Lead Assignments (Alphabetical by Signal Name)  
Signal Name  
GND  
Lead No. Signal Name  
Lead No. Signal Name  
Lead No. Signal Name  
Lead No.  
34  
76  
89  
85  
86  
83  
84  
87  
88  
80  
78  
75  
74  
73  
71  
70  
69  
64  
63  
60  
59  
58  
54  
53  
PB_00  
PB_01  
PB_02  
PB_03  
PB_04  
PB_05  
PB_06  
PB_07  
PB_08  
PB_09  
PB_10  
PB_11  
PB_12  
PB_13  
PB_14  
PB_15  
PC_00  
PC_01  
PC_02  
PC_03  
PC_04  
PC_05  
PC_06  
52  
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
40  
39  
29  
28  
27  
25  
24  
23  
16  
13  
10  
9
PC_07  
5
USB0_VBUS  
USB0_XTAL  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_EXT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_INT  
VDD_OTP  
VDD_RTC  
VDD_USB  
GND  
PC_08  
3
31  
JTG_TCK_SWCLK  
JTG_TDI  
JTG_TDO_SWO  
JTG_TMS_SWDIO  
JTG_TRST  
PA_00  
PC_09  
2
4
PC_10  
1
11  
RTC0_CLKIN  
RTC0_XTAL  
SYS_BMODE0  
SYS_BMODE1  
SYS_CLKIN  
SYS_CLKOUT  
SYS_EXTWAKE  
SYS_FAULT  
SYS_HWRST  
SYS_NMI  
21  
20  
66  
67  
57  
12  
79  
65  
68  
77  
15  
56  
19  
18  
32  
37  
35  
33  
38  
17  
26  
41  
50  
PA_01  
55  
PA_02  
62  
PA_03  
72  
PA_04  
82  
PA_05  
14  
PA_06  
30  
PA_07  
SYS_RESOUT  
SYS_XTAL  
TWI0_SCL  
TWI0_SDA  
USB0_CLKIN  
USB0_DM  
USB0_DP  
51  
PA_08  
61  
PA_09  
81  
PA_10  
49  
PA_11  
22  
PA_12  
36  
PA_13  
8
PA_14  
7
USB0_ID  
PA_15  
6
USB0_VBC  
Rev. A  
|
Page 112 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
OUTLINE DIMENSIONS  
Dimensions for the 12 mm × 12 mm CSP_BGA package in  
Figure 71 are shown in millimeters.  
12.10  
12.00 SQ  
11.90  
A1 BALL  
CORNER  
A1 BALL  
CORNER  
14 12 10  
13 11  
8
6
4
2
9
7
5
3
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
10.40  
REF SQ  
0.80  
BSC  
K
L
M
N
P
0.80  
REF  
TOP VIEW  
DETAIL A  
BOTTOM VIEW  
1.70  
1.54  
1.39  
1.29  
1.19  
1.09  
DETAIL A  
0.39  
0.35  
0.30  
0.50  
0.45  
0.40  
COPLANARITY  
0.12  
SEATING  
PLANE  
BALL DIAMETER  
COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-275-GGAA-1  
Figure 71. 184-Ball Chip Scale Package Ball Grid Array [CSP_BGA]  
(BC-184-1)  
Dimensions shown in millimeters  
Rev. A  
|
Page 113 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
Dimensions for the 12 mm × 12 mm LFCSP_VQ package in  
Figure 72 are shown in millimeters.  
12.10  
12.00 SQ  
11.90  
0.28  
0.23  
0.18  
0.60 MAX  
0.60  
MAX  
67  
88  
PIN 1  
66  
1
INDICATOR  
PIN 1  
INDICATOR  
11.85  
11.75 SQ  
11.65  
0.50  
BSC  
6.00  
5.90 SQ  
5.80  
EXPOSED  
PAD  
0.50  
0.40  
0.30  
45  
22  
23  
44  
TOP VIEW  
BOTTOM VIEW  
10.50  
REF  
0.70  
0.65  
0.60  
12° MAX  
0.90  
0.85  
0.80  
FOR PROPER CONNECTION OF  
THE EXPOSED PAD, REFER TO  
THE PIN CONFIGURATION AND  
FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS  
0.045  
0.025  
0.005  
SECTION OF THIS DATA SHEET.  
COPLANARITY  
SEATING  
PLANE  
0.08  
0.190~0.245 REF  
COMPLIANT TO JEDEC STANDARDS MO-220  
Figure 72. 88-Lead Lead Frame Chip Scale Package [LFCSP_VQ]  
(CP-88-8)  
Dimensions shown in millimeters  
SURFACE-MOUNT DESIGN  
Table 71 is provided as an aid to PCB design. For industry-  
standard design recommendations, refer to IPC-7351, Generic  
Requirements for Surface-Mount Design and Land Pattern  
Standard.  
Table 71. CSP_BGA Data for Use with Surface-Mount Design  
Package   
Ball Attach Type  
Package   
Solder Mask Opening  
Package   
Ball Pad Size  
Package  
BC-184-1  
Solder Mask Defined  
0.4 mm Diameter  
0.5 mm Diameter  
Rev. A  
|
Page 114 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
PLANNED AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTION PRODUCTS  
Temperature  
Package  
Option  
Model 1, 2, 3  
Max. Core Clock L2 SRAM  
Grade4  
Package Description  
ADBF702WCCPZ3xx  
ADBF702WCCPZ4xx  
ADBF703WCBCZ3xx  
ADBF703WCBCZ4xx  
ADBF704WCCPZ3xx  
ADBF704WCCPZ4xx  
ADBF705WCBCZ3xx  
ADBF705WCBCZ4xx  
ADBF706WCCPZ3xx  
ADBF706WCCPZ4xx  
ADBF707WCBCZ3xx  
ADBF707WCBCZ4xx  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
–40°C to +105°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +105°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +105°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +105°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +105°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +105°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +105°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +105°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +105°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +105°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +105°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +105°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
1 Select Automotive grade products, supporting –40°C to +105°C TAMBIENT condition, will be available when they appear in the Automotive Products table.  
2 Z = RoHS Compliant Part.  
3 xx denotes the current die revision.  
4 Referenced temperature is ambient temperature. The ambient temperature is not a specification. See Operating Conditions on Page 50 for the junction temperature (TJ)  
specification which is the only temperature specification.  
Rev. A  
|
Page 115 of 116  
|
September 2015  
ADSP-BF700/701/702/703/704/705/706/707  
ORDERING GUIDE  
Temperature  
Package  
Option  
Model1  
Max. Core Clock L2 SRAM  
Grade2  
Package Description  
88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
ADSP-BF700KCPZ-1  
ADSP-BF700KCPZ-2  
ADSP-BF700BCPZ-2  
ADSP-BF701KBCZ-1  
ADSP-BF701KBCZ-2  
ADSP-BF701BBCZ-2  
ADSP-BF702KCPZ-3  
ADSP-BF702BCPZ-3  
ADSP-BF702KCPZ-4  
ADSP-BF702BCPZ-4  
ADSP-BF703KBCZ-3  
ADSP-BF703BBCZ-3  
ADSP-BF703KBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF703BBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF704KCPZ-3  
ADSP-BF704BCPZ-3  
ADSP-BF704KCPZ-4  
ADSP-BF704BCPZ-4  
ADSP-BF705KBCZ-3  
ADSP-BF705BBCZ-3  
ADSP-BF705KBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF705BBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF706KCPZ-3  
ADSP-BF706BCPZ-3  
ADSP-BF706KCPZ-4  
ADSP-BF706BCPZ-4  
ADSP-BF707KBCZ-3  
ADSP-BF707BBCZ-3  
ADSP-BF707KBCZ-4  
ADSP-BF707BBCZ-4  
1 Z = RoHS Compliant Part.  
100 MHz  
200 MHz  
200 MHz  
100 MHz  
200 MHz  
200 MHz  
300 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
300 MHz  
300 MHz  
400 MHz  
400 MHz  
128K bytes  
128K bytes  
128K bytes  
128K bytes  
128K bytes  
128K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
256K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
512K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
1024K bytes  
0°C to +70°C  
0°C to +70°C  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
CP-88-8  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
BC-184-1  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0°C to +70°C  
0°C to +70°C  
184-Ball CSP_BGA  
184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
0°C to +70°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0°C to +70°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0°C to +70°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
0°C to +70°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
0°C to +70°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0C to +70C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0°C to +70°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
0C to +70C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
0°C to +70°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0°C to +70°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
–40°C to +85°C 88-Lead LFCSP_VQ  
0°C to +70°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
0°C to +70°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
–40°C to +85°C 184-Ball CSP_BGA  
2 Referenced temperature is ambient temperature. The ambient temperature is not a specification. See Operating Conditions on Page 50 for the junction temperature (TJ)  
specification which is the only temperature specification.  
©2015 Analog Devices, Inc. All rights reserved. Trademarks and  
registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
D12396-0-9/15(A)  
Rev. A  
|
Page 116 of 116  
|
September 2015  

相关型号:

ADSP-BF701BBCZ-2

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF701KBCZ-1

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF701KBCZ-2

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF702

低功耗 400MHz BLACKFIN+嵌入式处理器,带256KB L2 SRAM
ADI

ADSP-BF702BCPZ-3

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF702BCPZ-4

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF702KCPZ-3

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF702KCPZ-4

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF703

低功耗400MHz BLACKFIN+嵌入式处理器,带256KB L2 SRAM和DDR2/LPDDR接口
ADI

ADSP-BF703BBCZ-3

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF703BBCZ-4

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI

ADSP-BF703KBCZ-3

Instruction set compatible with previous Blackfin products
ADI